Sie sind auf Seite 1von 186

REFUdrive 500 RD52

Function diagrams and parameter list


Functional Description

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
About this Documentation RD52 Firmware

Title Function diagrams and parameter list


Type of Documentation Functional Description

Document Typecode DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P

Internal File Reference • Document Number: 120-1950-B315-01/EN

Purpose of Documentation This documentation describes …


• the parameterization of the drive control devices based on function
diagrams and parameter list.

Record of Revisions Description Release Notes


Date
DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P 02.2001 First edition

Copyright  2000 Indramat Refu GmbH


Copying this document, giving it to others and the use or communication
of the contents thereof without express authority, are forbidden. Offenders
are liable for the payment of damages. All rights are reserved in the event
of the grant of a patent or the registration of a utility model or design (DIN
34-1).

Validity All rights are reserved with respect to the content of this documentation
and the availability of the product.

Published by Indramat Refu GmbH


Uracher Straße 91 • D-72555 Metzingen
Telephone 07123/969-0 • Fax 07123/969-260
http://www.indramat.de

Dept. Development E (jr)

Note This document has been printed on chlorine-free bleached paper.

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware List of contents I

List of contents
1 Parameterization 1-1
1.1 Parameterization ............................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Parameterization using the operator panel RZB............................................................................ 1-1
Key functions when parameterizing......................................................................................... 1-2
Fast parameterization using the key combinations ................................................................. 1-2
Fault messages when parameterizing ..................................................................................... 1-3
Structure of the PARAMETERIZING menu ............................................................................. 1-4

2 Parameter list 2-1


2.1 Explanation of the table columns ................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Parameterlist .................................................................................................................................. 2-3
2.3 Display parameters ...................................................................................................................... 2-35
2.4 Explanations regarding the display parameters (D parameters) ................................................. 2-50
D parameters for status display and control functions........................................................... 2-50
D parameters for process signals .......................................................................................... 2-50

3 Index 3-1

4 Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service Facilities 4-1

Function diagrams
Device control
System constants............................................................................................................Sheet 01
Control word 1.................................................................................................................Sheet 02
Status word 1 ..................................................................................................................Sheet 03
Control- and Status word 2 .............................................................................................Sheet 04
Device control signals .....................................................................................................Sheet 05
Inputs, outputs
Digital inputs, digital outputs ...........................................................................................Sheet 06
Analog input ....................................................................................................................Sheet 07
Analog input of terminal strip extension..........................................................................Sheet 08
Input blocks for optional analog inputs ...........................................................................Sheet 09
Analog-, reference output ...............................................................................................Sheet 10
Speed encoder evaluation
Resolver evaluation ........................................................................................................Sheet 11
Incremental encoder evaluation......................................................................................Sheet 12
ERN encoder evaluation .................................................................................................Sheet 13
Sin/Cos encoder evaluation ............................................................................................Sheet 14

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
II List of contents RD52 Firmware

Operation without speed sensor .....................................................................................Sheet 15


Speed evaluation, Band-stop filter ..................................................................................Sheet 16
Setpoint generating
Setpoint generating.........................................................................................................Sheet 17
Ramp function generator (RFG) .....................................................................................Sheet 18
Additional setpoints, Setpoint limiting .............................................................................Sheet 19
Controller closed loop
Speed controller ..............................................................................................................Sheet 20
Torque limiting ................................................................................................................Sheet 21
Motor controller ...............................................................................................................Sheet 22
Auxiliary controller...........................................................................................................Sheet 23
Technology controller......................................................................................................Sheet 24
Position controller
Position setpoints............................................................................................................Sheet 25
Actual position values, Angle synchronous gear ............................................................Sheet 26
Position controller ...........................................................................................................Sheet 27
Defined functions
Friction characteristic, dv/dt injection..............................................................................Sheet 28
Dancing roller teach-in function ......................................................................................Sheet 29
Mechanical brake controlling ..........................................................................................Sheet 30
Free function modules
Function modules group 1 ..............................................................................................Sheet 31
Function modules group 2 ..............................................................................................Sheet 32
Function modules group 3 ..............................................................................................Sheet 33
Multi function blocks........................................................................................................Sheet 34
Free programmable characteristic ..................................................................................Sheet 35
Setpoint integral memory ................................................................................................Sheet 36
Logic modules
Comparators ...................................................................................................................Sheet 37
Logic gates......................................................................................................................Sheet 38
Logic gates (continuation)...............................................................................................Sheet 39
Timing elements..............................................................................................................Sheet 40
Process data
Process data service interface and SI1 ..........................................................................Sheet 41
Process data interface 2 .................................................................................................Sheet 42
Process data interface 4 .................................................................................................Sheet 43
Temperature monitoring
Temperature monitoring..................................................................................................Sheet 44
Flow charts
Control- and status word diagram for converters............................................................Sheet 45

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameterization 1-1

1 Parameterization

1.1 Parameterization
In the parameterization, the operator has the full functional scope of the
firmware documented in the function charts and the parameter list. It is
selected in the condition when supplied. Using the "numerical list", all
parameters can then be selected and set using their parameter number.

1.2 Parameterization using the operator panel RZB

ESC MON PROG ENTER

START STOP

+
-

Fig. 1-1: Operating panel with graphics display (option)

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
1-2 Parameterization RD52 Firmware

Key functions when parameterizing

Key Menu level Parameterizing level


Esc Return jump to the previous The modified value is rejected
menu item
Mon Change into the monitor
Prog Change in the parameter- The value is temporarily accepted.
ization All of the values are only accepted
after first pressing the "enter" key.
Enter The selected menu item is The modified value is accepted
accepted
To the previous menu item The value is increased
To the next menu item The value is decreased
Jump to the end of the list Cursor position to the right

Jump to the start of the list Cursor position to the left

Fig. 1-2: Key functions of the operator panel when parameterizing

Fast parameterization using the key combinations

Key Response
The first selection text for text parameters is directly
selected.
+ When these keys are pressed together:
– the complete parameter number is set to zero
(numerical list).
– the complete parameter value is set to zero
(for numerical parameters).
– the text selection is progressed in steps of
10 (practical e.g. for parameter P0875 with
almost 100 selection texts).
– the standard value is set.
The last selection text for text parameters is directly
selected.
When these keys are pressed together, the factory set-
+ ting is set for the active value.
Mon + Prog If these keys are pressed together, the system changes
from the Mon. - or Prog area into a temporary actual
value display.
When the ESC key is pressed once, the display
switches back to the selected menu. In order that the
operator can make a differentiation between the normal
operating display and the temporary actual value dis-
play, a flashing frame is used for the temporary actual
value display.
Fig. 1-3: Key combinations

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameterization 1-3

Fault messages when parameterizing

Fault message Cause Solution


Parameter can only be An attempt was made to change a
read display parameter.
Parameter can only be Inverter is operational. Inhibit the inverter and then change the parameter.
changed when the
inverter is inhibited
Data conflict (general) Some parameter settings are dependent on others. If a parameter value is changed and
confirmed with Enter , data conflicts can arise.
e.g. data conflict The current limit specified in P0109.00 Temporarily accept the value of the first parameter
P0046 with P0109.00 is too high for this unit with the se- change with Prog , after the second parameter
Prog=temp.transfer lected pulse frequency (P0026). change, confirm that both values should be saved
with Enter .
Fig. 1-4: Fault messages when parameterizing

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
1-4 Parameterization RD52 Firmware

Structure of the PARAMETERIZING menu

The monitor function can be


Nact 0rpm selected from every menu item
Iact 0.0 A by pressing the Mon button.
switch on enable 0

The selected programm item is highlighted.


Esc Prog Press the Enter button to accept it.

Enter

Select Menu Select Adjust


parameter parameter
To display the next To display the next
parameter press the selectable option press
button. the button.

PARAMETERIZATION QUICK-SETUP QUICK-SETUP


quick-setup P 0010 P 0010
guided parametr. Display language Display language
numerical list English English

The next program QUICK-SETUP QUICK-SETUP


item is selected with P 0100 P 0010
Display language
the butten. Motor type
German
Asynchron ASM

PARAMETERIZATION GUIDED PARAMETER. DEVICE CONTROL DEVICE CONTROL


quick-setup device controlte P 0073 P 0073
guided parametr. term.assignment std Source =N/OFF Source =N/OFF
numerical list functions keypad + term.strip keypad + term.strip
device configurat'n
serial communicat'n
diagnosis
options
DEVICE CONTROL DEVICE CONTROL
P 00263 P 0073
Src main set point Source ON/OFF
1800 Fix value 0.00% SI1..SI5+term.strip
GUIDED PARAMETER.
device controlte
term.assignment std
functions

PARAMETERIZATION NUMERICAL LIST NUMERICAL LIST


quick-setup P 010 1.00 P 010 1.00
guided parametr. Rated speed ASM Rated speed ASM
numerical list 1450 rpm 1 450 rpm

Enter =Accept value(s)


Esc
Esc =No change
Prog =Value is temorary
transferred

* Setting the parameter number or changing the value:


The cursor position is moved using the or button.
With the or button, the appropriate number is set.

Fig. 1-5: Menu structure

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-1

2 Parameter list

2.1 Explanation of the table columns


This section contains the parameters and data of firmware FWC-SR1700-
200-04VRS-Ms. The tables are used to numerically refer to parameters.
This is the reason that they are numerically sorted.

No. Ind Parameter name Min. value Max. value Std. val. Unit Pw Prog Type Fp
1) 2) 3) 4) 4) 5) 6) 8) 9) 10) 11)
0050 [7] Source, control word 0 2044 1701 D-Par 7) 2 R/W off U16 02
KL
0034 Fan control 0 1 0 1 R/W on U16
parameter value: 12) 0 = Automatic
1 = ON
0202 Analog input offset -199.99 199.99 0.00 13) % 2 R/W on S16

1) No. Parameter number

2) Ind (max. Index) Various parameters have an index range. If, e.g. [4], is located in the
column, then the parameter has the index range from 0...4, i.e. 5 Index
levels.

3) Parameter name The parameter name which is also displayed in the operator panel. In
many cases, the parameter function cannot be explained with just the
name. The significance and function can be taken from the function
charts.

4) Min. value - Max. value The selectable value range of the parameter. All of the values between
these limits including "minimum value" and "maximum value" can be set
and displayed with a resolution of the last position.

5) Std. value (Standard) The parameter value settings correspond to those when the equipment is
first supplied. For parameters with index, the parameter value in the
column "standard value" is valid for all index levels. For motor
parameters, the standard depends on the output class of the drive
converter or inverter.

6) Units (units) Hz, V, A, kW, RPM, °C, W, % etc.

7) D-par The "standard value" is the number of the currently connected D


parameter. The "minimum value" and "maximum value" mark the range of
D parameters, which can be connected to the "variable parameter source"
(in the example, P0069, index 0 and 1).

8) Pw (Password) - = No password required


1 = Password 1: Esc Mon Prog and confirm with Enter
2 = Password 2: Esc Mon Prog and confirm with Enter
3 = Password 3: Esc Mon Prog and confirm with Enter

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-2 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

9) Prog. Read = The parameter can only be read.


R/W = The parameter can be read and written into.
off = Programming is only possible when the unit is in the "ready
condition".
on = Programming is also possible when the unit is in the "operating
condition".

10) Type U = unsigned


S = signed
Example:S16 = signed 16 bit = 15 data bits (bits 0 to 14) and a bit for the
sign (bit15)

11) Fp Cross-reference to the function chart.

12) Parameter value Parameters to set functions. The selectable functions are listed below the
line for the parameter. When parameterizing using the operator panel, the
function is selected using the plain text display in the display. When
parameterizing via the interface, the number of the required function must
be transferred as parameter value

13) Decimal point In the parameter tables, the "minimum value", "maximum value" and
"standard value" are entered with a decimal point [.].
When parameterizing via the interface, only the pure numerical value
(without decimal point) can be transferred as parameter value. The
parameter value is appropriately interpreted by the firmware in the drive
converter in order to obtain the correct decimal value, as specified in the
tables. Also when reading parameter values, only the numerical value is
transferred from the drive converter to the control computer. There, the
parameter value must be interpreted corresponding to the data in the
table.
Example: The ramp-up time (P0280.x) of the ramp-function generator
should be set to 5.5 sec. This is displayed with a resolution to 3 decimal
places => 5.500 s. The parameter value 5500 must be sent via the
interface. In the drive converter, it is then interpreted with the decimal
format #.###, which results in => 5.500 sec.

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-3

2.2 Parameterlist

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0000 [23] Firmware FWC- 0 0 0 0 Read U16
parameter value: 0 = SR1700-200-04V01-MS
0001 Device ID 502 502 502 0 Read U16
0002 Firmware version 0 65535 2 0 Read U16
0003 Firmware modul 0 65535 4 0 Read U16
0004 Firmware revision 0 65535 1 0 Read U16
0005 Firmware 0 9 0 0 Read U16
parameter value: 0 = RD52 standard
1 = RD52 A1 special V.
2 = RD52 A2 special V.
3 = RD52 A3 special V.
4 = RD52 A4 special V.
:
9 = RD52 A9 tmp. special
0006 Serial number 0 65535 0) 0 Read U16
0007 Converter number 0 65535 0) 0 Read U16
0008 EEPROM prog cycles -1 100000 0 - Read S32
0009 Enter Password 0 9999999 0 0 R/W S32
on
0010 Display language 0 1 1 0 R/W U16
on
Parameter value: 0 = English
1 = German
0013 O/P voltage Vout 0 32767 - V 0 Read S16 25
0014 O/P current Iout -3276.8 3276.7 - A 0 Read S16 25
0015 O/P current Iactive -3276.8 3276.7 - A 0 Read S16 25
0017 DC link voltage 0 1000 - V 0 Read U16 25
0018 Line voltage 0 65535 - V 0 Read U16
0019 Converter type 0.0 6553.5 1) kW 0 Read U16
0020 Power input 0 1 0) 0 Read U16
Parameter value: 0 = DC Input
1 = AC Input
0021 Rated mains voltage 0 65535 0) V 0 Read U16
0022 Continuous output 0.0 6553.5 1) kVA 0 Read U16
0023 Peak output long 0.0 6553.5 1) kVA 0 Read U16
0024 Continuous current 0.0 6553.5 1) A 0 Read U16 25
0025 Peak current long 0.0 6553.5 1) A 0 Read U16 25
0026 Pulse frequency 2.0 12.0 4.0 kHz 2 R/W U16
off
0027 Max. output . freq. 50.0 1500.0 1500.0 Hz 0 Read U16
0028 Operating hours 0 21474836 0 h - Read S32
0029 Operating minutes 0 59 0 min - Read U16

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-4 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0033 Int current norm 0.00 21474836. 1) A 0 Read U32 25
47
0034 Fan control 0 2 0 1 R/W U16
on
Parameter value: 0 = automatic
1 = ON permanently
2 = ON if inverter on
0035 Fan contr threshold 20 150 40 °C 1 R/W U16
on
0036 Braking resistor 0 3 0 1 R/W U16
on
Parameter value: 0 = REFU standard
1 = disabled
2 = no protection
3 = external programabl
0037 [2] Display line 1,2,3 0 6 5 0 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = status
1 = N actual
2 = I active
3 = I actual
4 = U actual
5 = DC-link voltage
6 = f actual

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-5

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0039 Alarm 0 65 0 0 Read U16
parameter value 0 = No fault
1 = External 0
:
3 = DC-link volt.high
4 = DC-link volt.low
:
7 = Device overtemp.
8 = Brake resistor
9 = Main contacter
10 = Pre-charging
11 = New EEPROM
:
13 = Power section
14 = Inverter
15 = Power supply
16 = Internal DSP comm.
17 = Overspeed
18 = Ground fault
19 = EEPROM DATA
20 = Internal DSP ackn.
21 = Internal WS comm.
22 = NTC powersection
23 = encoder
24 = SI1 timeout
25 = SI2 function
26 = SI2 timeout
27 = Analog input I<4mA
28 = Motor overtemperat.
29 = Parameter calculatn
30 = ? SR-Release ?
31 = BR overload
:
35 = Motor overload
36 = SI3 timeout
:
38 = Configuration mode
39 = start protection On
40 = Switched pwr supply
41 = SR <==> WS new
42 = New device startup!
43 = Option1 <=> option2
44 = SI4 function
45 = SI4 timeout
46 = SI5 timeout
47 = start protection On
48 = module overtemp.
49 = DC-link asymmetry
50 = Phase V
51 = Phase W
52 = External 1
53 = External 2
54 = External 3
55 = External 4
56 = External 5
57 = External 6
58 = External 7
59 = SI6 timeout
60 = SynchroLink timeout
:
63 = Output current EN81
64 = DC link discharge
:

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-6 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0040 [9] Fault memory 0 65 0 - Read U16
parameter value: 0 = No fault
1 = External 0
:
3 = DC-link volt.high
4 = DC-link volt.low
:
7 = Device overtemp.
8 = Brake resistor
9 = Main contacter
10 = Pre-charging
11 = New EEPROM
:
13 = Power section
14 = Inverter
15 = Power supply
16 = Internal DSP comm.
17 = Overspeed
18 = Ground fault
19 = EEPROM DATA
20 = Internal DSP ackn.
21 = Internal WS comm.
22 = NTC powersection
23 = encoder
24 = SI1 timeout
25 = SI2 function
26 = SI2 timeout
27 = Analog input I<4mA
28 = Motor overtemperat.
29 = Parameter calculatn
30 = ? SR-Release ?
31 = BR overload
:
35 = Motor overload
36 = SI3 timeout
:
38 = Configuration mode
39 = start protection On
40 = Switched pwr supply
41 = SR <==> WS new
42 = New device startup!
43 = Option1 <=> option2
44 = SI4 function
45 = SI4 timeout
46 = SI5 timeout
47 = start protection On
48 = module overtemp.
49 = DC-link asymmetry
50 = Phase V
51 = Phase W
52 = External 1
53 = External 2
54 = External 3
55 = External 4
56 = External 5
57 = External 6
58 = External 7
59 = SI6 timeout
60 = SynchroLink timeout
:
63 = Output current EN81
64 = DC link discharge
:
0041 [9] Fault time h 0 65535 0 h - Read U16
0042 [10] Fault time min 0 159 0 min - Read U16

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-7

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0043 Inhibit operation 0 2 1 2 R/W S16 53
on
parameter value: 0 = brake mode
1 = inverter off
2 = brake down to N_min
0044 Inhibit drive 0 2 0 2 R/W S16 53
on
parameter value: 0 = brake mode
1 = inverter off
2 = brake down to N_min
0046 Peak current short 0.0 6553.5 12.0 A 0 Read U16 25
0048 [7] Src fault external 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 5
off
0049 Src warning externl 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 5
off
0050 [7] Src. ctrol. word KL 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 2
on
0060 Special quit 0 1 0 2 R/W U16
off
0061 [19] Param.No. faultlist 0.00 9999.99 0.00 0 Read U32
0062 [19] Par.value faultlist 0 999999 0 0 Read S32
0067 Invert RFG s/p 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0070 Parameter set 0/1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 5
off
0071 Load default values 0 2 0 0 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0 = no action
:
2 = free standardvalues
0072 Source parameter 0 5 0 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0= keypad, PC(RS232)
1= bus SI1
2= bus SI2
3= bus SI4
4= all busses SIx
5= bus SI6
0073 Source ON/OFF 0 3 2 2 R/W U16 2
off
parameter value: 0= keypad + term.strip
1= SI1..SI5+term.strip
2= terminal strip
3= PC(RS232)+term.str.
0074 Src control word 1 0 2044 1900 D-Par 2 R/W U16 2
off
0075 Src control word 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 4
off
0076 [15] Src stat.word 1 bit 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 3
off
0077 Src brakeChopper On 0 2044 1700 D-Par 3 R/W U16
off
0078 switch DC-threshold 0 2044 1700 D-Par 3 R/W U16
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-8 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0079 thresh. BW-warning 0 100 80 % 2 R/W U16
off
0080 src. main-cont. off 0 2044 1700 D-Par 3 R/W U16
off
0084 [15] Src stat.word 2 bit 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 4
off
0086 Heatsink temp diff 0 40 5 ¦ 1 R/W S16 30
on
0089 Source AND-gate 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 33
off
0090 Source OR-gate 0 2044 1746 D-Par 2 R/W U16 33
off
0092 Switch off delay 0.00 600.00 0.00 sec 2 R/W U16 53
on
0093 Fault quit delay 0 20 1 sec 2 R/W U16
on
0094 DC link min. value 0 P 95 450 V 3 R/W U16
off
0095 DC link max. value P 94 2500 700 V 3 R/W U16
off
0096 Precharge- DC min 0 250 10 V 3 R/W U16
off
0097 [1] DCmax - BR ON 0 1000 40 V 3 R/W U16
off
0098 [1] DCmax - BR OFF 0 1000 45 V 3 R/W U16
off
0100 [1] Motor type 0 1 0 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0 = Asynchron ASM
1 = Synchron SM
0101 [1] Rated speed ASM 100 90000 2) 1/min 2 R/W U32
off
0102 [1] Rated frequencyASM 10.0 1500.0 2) Hz 2 R/W U16
off
0103 [1] Rated current ASM 0.1 3000.0 2) A 2 R/W U16
off
0104 [1] Rated voltage ASM 10 550 2) V 2 R/W U16
off
0106 [1] Power factor ASM 0.50 0.98 2) 2 R/W U16
off
0107 [1] Pole number SM 2 64 2) 2 R/W U16
off
0108 [1] Rated torque SM 0.1 500000.0 2) Nm 2 R/W U32
off
0109 [1] Max. motor current 0.0 P 33 2) A 2 R/W U16 25
off
0110 [1] Stator resistor SM 0.001 10.000 2) Ohm 2 R/W U16 25
off
0111 [1] Inductance LD SM 0.05 650.00 2) mH 2 R/W U16 25
off
0112 [1] Rated current SM 0.1 3000.0 2) A 2 R/W U16
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-9

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0113 [1] Rated speed SM 100 90000 2) 1/min 2 R/W U32
off
0114 [1] Pole pair number 1 64 2) 0 Read U16
0115 [1] speedloop gain adpt 0 1 1 3 R/W U16 25
off
parameter value: 0 = without
1 = with
0117 [1] Rated Isd ASM 0.0 P 25 05. Jun A 2 R/W U16 25
off
0118 [1] CornerFrequency ASM 10.0 1500.0 104.0 Hz 2 R/W U16 25
off
0119 [1] Rated power ASM 0.0 6553.5 2.0 kW 2 R/W U16
off
0120 [1] Stator resistor ASM 0.001 65.535 0.628 Ohm 3 R/W U16 25
off
0121 [1] Leakage factor ASM 0.0001 10.000 0.3341 3 R/W U16 25
off
0122 [1] Main-inductance ASM 0.000 3.000.000 32.090 mH 3 R/W U32 25
off
0123 [1] Rotor-timeconst ASM 10 3000 100 ms 3 R/W U16 25
off
0125 [1] Long.inductance SM 0.05 655.35 10.00 mH 3 R/W U16
off
0126 [1] Transinductance SM 0.05 655.35 Okt 24 mH 3 R/W U16
off
0127 [1] Rated voltage SM 10 1000 200 V 2 R/W U16
off
0128 [1] Flux adaption ASM 0 200 50 % 3 R/W U16 25
off
0129 [1] Fluxcontr.gain ASM 0 200 50 % 3 R/W U16 25
off
0130 [1] Encoder selection 0 5 1 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0= Resolver
1= Incremental Encoder
2= ERN Encoder
3= sine/cosine Encoder
4= no speed sensor
5= external via P145
0131 [1] Resolver pole-no 2 100 2 2 R/W U16 13
off
0132 [1] Encoder increments 64 10000 1024 2 R/W U16 14
off 15
16
0133 [1] sensor delta-phi -180 180 0 ¦ 3 R/W S16 13
off 14
15
16
17
18
0134 [1] encoder emulation 0 1 0 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0 = of encoder SR17002
1 = of encoder GB21082

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-10 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0135 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.1 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0136 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.2 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0137 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.3 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0138 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.5 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0139 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.6 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0140 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.7 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0141 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.8 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0142 [1] Ls-factor @ 0.9 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0143 [1] Ls-factor @ 1.0 In 0.010 3.000 1.000 3 R/W U16 25
on
0144 [1] TRotor ident gain 0.00 199.00 10.00 % 2 R/W U16 25
off
0145 [1] Src encoder extern 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 18
off
0146 Trigger encoderAdj. 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
0147 [1] I-control dynamic 0 2 1 2 R/W U16 25
off
parameter value: 0 = standard
1 = high
2 = very high
0148 [1] I-control gain 0 100 60 % 2 R/W U16 25
off
0149 [1] Flux level reached 10 90 75 % 3 R/W U16 25
off
0150 speed encoderAdjust -120 120 30 1/min 2 R/W S16
off
0151 current encoderAdj. 1 100 50 % 2 R/W U16
off
0153 [1] Mode PWM-limiter 0 1 1 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0 = circle
1 = hexagon
0155 [3] MFB source 0 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 39
off
0156 [3] MFB source 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 39
off
0157 [3] MFB source 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 39
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-11

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0158 [3] MFB function 1 0 7 0 2 R/W U16 39
off
parameter value: 0= addition
1= subtraction
2= multiply
3= divide
4= minimum of all i/p
5= maximum of all i/p
6= processData switch
7= multiply and square
0159 [3] MFB function 2 0 2 0 2 R/W U16 39
off
parameter value: 0 = direct
1 = absolute value
2 = inverting
0160 S/P integrator up 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 41
on
0161 S/P integrator down 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 41
on
0162 S/P int. pos.limit P 163 190.00 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 41
on
0163 S/P int. neg.limit -190.00 P 162 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 41
on
0164 S/P integratr speed 1 100 5 % 1 R/W U16 41
on
0165 Src reset s/p int. 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 41
on
0166 Src free-ch pos.i/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 40
off
0167 Src free-ch neg.i/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 40
off
0168 [9] Free-char. x-values -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 40
on
0169 [9] Free-char. y-values -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 40
on
0170 Src normalize F-C 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 40
off
0171 Select normalize FC 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 40
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0172 Fixval normalize FC -199.99 199.99 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 40
on
0173 DR Teach in; upper 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 32
on
0174 DR Teach in: lower 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 32
on
0175 Dancing roller norm -180.00 180.00 10.00 % 1 R/W S16 32
on
0176 Dancing roller offs -100.00 100.00 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 32
on
0177 Src Dancing roller 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 32
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-12 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0181 [1] V/f characterist.Fa 0.0 1500.0 2) Hz 2 R/W U16 26
on
0182 [1] V/f characterist.Fb 0.0 1500.0 2) Hz 2 R/W U16 26
on
0183 [1] V/f characterist.Fc 0.0 1500.0 2) Hz 2 R/W U16 26
on
0184 [1] V/f characterist.Fd 0.0 1500.0 2) Hz 2 R/W U16 26
on
0185 [1] V/f characterist.Va 0 550 2) V 2 R/W U16 26
on
0186 [1] V/f characterist.Vb 0 550 2) V 2 R/W U16 26
on
0187 [1] V/f characterist.Vc 0 550 2) V 2 R/W U16 26
on
0188 [1] V/f characterist.Vd 0 550 2) V 2 R/W U16 26
on
0189 operating mode 0 3 0 3 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0= cl. loop curr. Ctrl
1= op.loop voltage ctr
2= MotorIdentification
3= Encoder optimize
0200 Analog input1 norm. 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 2 R/W S16 8
on
0201 Analog input1 mode 0 3 0 2 R/W U16 8
on
parameter value: 0 = -10V .. +10V
1 = +4 .. +20mA
2 = 0 .. +20mA
3 = +2V .. +10V
0202 Analog input1 offs. -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16 8
on
0203 Analog input1 sign 0 4 0 2 R/W U16 8
on
parameter value: 0= direct
1= absolute value
2= inverted
3= abs. value inverted
4= limit on pos. Value
0204 Analog input1 filtr 0 10000 0 ms 2 R/W U16 8
on
0205 Input-block 2 norm. 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 2 R/W S16 9
on
0206 Input-block 2 offs. -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16 9
on
0207 Input-block 2 sign 0 3 0 2 R/W U16 9
on
parameter value: 0= direct
1= absolute value
2= inverted
3= abs. value inverted
0208 Input-block 2 filtr 0 10000 0 ms 2 R/W U16 9
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-13

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0209 Input-block 3 norm. 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 2 R/W S16 9
on
0210 Input-block 3 offs. -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16 9
on
0211 Input-block 3 sign 0 3 0 2 R/W U16 9
on
parameter value: 0= direct
1= absolute value
2= inverted
3= abs. value inverted
0212 Input-block 3 filtr 0 10000 0 ms 2 R/W U16 9
on
0213 Input-block 4 norm. 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 2 R/W S16 9
on
0214 Input-block 4 offs. -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16 9
on
0215 Input-block 4 sign 0 3 0 2 R/W U16 9
on
parameter value: 0= direct
1= absolute value
2= inverted
3= abs. value inverted
0216 Input-block 4 filtr 0 10000 0 ms 2 R/W U16 9
on
0217 Source i/p block 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 9
off
0218 Source i/p block 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 9
off
0219 Source i/p block 4 0 2044 1851 D-Par 2 R/W U16 9
off
0220 [1] Src PT1 filter 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 38
off
0221 [1] PT1 filt.timeconst. 0 5000 0 ms 1 R/W U16 38
on
0222 Source limiter 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 38
off
0223 Positive limit 1 P 224 199.99 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 38
on
0224 Negative limit 1 -199.99 P 223 -100.00 % 1 R/W S16 38
on
0225 Source P-Modul 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 38
off
0226 Gain P-Modul 0.000 10.000 1.000 1 R/W S16 38
on
0227 Offset P-Modul -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 38
on
0228 [1] Src1 ch-over switch 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 38
off
0229 [1] Src2 ch-over switch 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 38
off
0230 [1] Src switch function 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 38
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-14 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0231 Src TC normalizat’n 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 35
off
0232 Select TC normalize 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 35
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0233 Fixvalue TC norm. -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 35
on
0234 Src TC actual value 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 35
off
0235 DT1 Modul T1 0 5000 0 ms 1 R/W U16 35
on
0236 DT1 Modul gain 0.000 16.000 1.000 1 R/W U16 35
on
0237 Src TC act.val.sign 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 35
off
0238 Src TC set point 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 35
off
0239 Select TC set point 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 35
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0240 Fixvalue TC s/p -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 35
on
0241 Src TC s/p sign 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 35
off
0242 TC gain 0.000 16.000 1.000 1 R/W U16 35
on
0243 TC integral time 0 10000 10 ms 1 R/W U16 35
on
0244 TC droop 0.00 100.00 10.00 % 1 R/W S16 35
on
0245 Src TC enable 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 35
off
0246 Src TC droop enable 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 35
off
0247 TC positive limit 0.00 190.00 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 35
on
0248 TC negative limit -190.00 0.00 -100.00 % 1 R/W S16 35
on
0249 RFG up/down-mode 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 21
off
parameter value: 0 = torque-direction
1 = speed-direction
0250 Src add. s/p 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0251 Select add. s/p 1 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 22
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0252 Fixvalue add. s/p1 -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 22
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-15

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0253 Src factor add.s/p2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0254 Select fact.ad.s/p2 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 22
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0255 Fixval.fact.ad.s/p2 -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 22
on
0256 Src add. s/p 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0257 Select add. s/p 3 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 22
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0258 Fixvalue add. s/p 3 -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 22
on
0259 Src add. s/p 2 0 2044 1825 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0260 Fixvalue add. s/p2 -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 22
on
0261 Src select add.s/p2 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0262 Src RFG-initial val 0 2044 1851 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off
0263 Src main set point 0 2044 1801 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0264 Select main setp’nt 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0265 Fixvalue main s/p -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 20
on
0266 S/P base speed -199.99 199.99 1.00 % 1 R/W S16 20
on
0267 S/P inch speed 1 -199.99 199.99 2.00 % 1 R/W S16 20
on
0268 S/P inch speed 2 -199.99 199.99 3.00 % 1 R/W S16 20
on
0269 Src inch speed 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0270 Src enable inching3 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0271 Src RFG param.set 2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off
0272 Src base speed 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0273 Src inch speed 1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0274 Src inch speed 2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0275 Src setpoint RFG 0 2044 1880 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0277 Src enable SC 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-16 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0278 Src SC integral OFF 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0279 Src SC droop enable 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0280 [1] Ramp up time 0.000 3.200.000 1.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0281 [1] Ramp down time 0.000 3.200.000 1.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0282 [1] Rounding ramp up 0.000 800.000 0.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0283 [1] Rounding ramp down 0.000 800.000 0.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0288 Ramp up fast stop 0.000 3.200.000 0.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0289 Ramp down fast stop 0.000 3.200.000 0.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0290 Rounding up f.stp 0.000 800.000 0.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0291 Rounding down f.stp 0.000 800.000 0.000 sec 1 R/W U32 21
on
0292 RFG override level 0.00 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 21
on
0293 Normalize dv/dt 0.00 655.35 100.00 % 1 R/W U16 21
on
0294 Src RFG override 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off
0295 Src fixval. T-limit 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0296 [1] Src RFG stop 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off
0297 [1] Analog input window 0.00 20.00 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 8
on
0298 Src SC param.set 2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0299 Src sign revers.AI1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 8
off
0300 Src add. s/p 4 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0301 Select add. s/p 4 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0302 Fixvalue add. s/p 4 -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 22
on
0303 Speed s/p pos.limit 0.00 190.00 100.00 % 2 R/W S16 22
on
0304 Speed s/p neg.limit -190.00 0.00 -100.00 % 2 R/W S16 22
on
0305 Src 305 set point 0 2044 1834 D-Par 2 R/W U16 22
off
0306 Source notch-filter 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 19
off
0307 Source reversal 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-17

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0308 Notch filter f 0.0 1000.0 0.0 Hz 1 R/W U16 19
on
0309 Notch filter Q 0.0 10.0 1.0 1 R/W U16 19
on
0310 Speed signal filter 0.0 100.0 2.0 ms 1 R/W U16 23
on
0311 Source limiter 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0314 Source 1 mul-div 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0315 Factor mul-div -199.99 199.99 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 36
on
0316 Source 2 mul-div 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0317 Source 1 Multipl. 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0318 Source 2 Multipl. 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0319 SC initial-integral -100.00 100.00 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 23
on
0320 Source AuxContr s/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 34
off
0321 Source AuxContr f/b 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 34
off
0322 AuxContr Gain 0.0 128.0 1.0 1 R/W U16 34
on
0323 AuxContr integral 0 5000 0 ms 1 R/W U16 34
on
0324 Src AuxContr enable 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 34
off
0325 AuxContr positv lim 0.00 190.00 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 34
on
0326 AuxContr negatv lim -190.00 0.00 -100.00 % 1 R/W S16 34
on
0327 Src 1 add. Torque 0 2044 1842 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0328 Src 2 add. Torque 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0329 Src 3 add. Torque 0 2044 1844 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0330 Source adaptive G 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0331 Select adaptive G 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 23
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0332 Fixvalue adaptive G -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 23
on
0333 Norm. adaptive Gain -10.000 10.000 0.000 1 R/W S16 23
on
0334 Addvalue adaptive G -1.000 1.000 1.000 1 R/W S16 23
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-18 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0335 Speed controller G1 0.0 128.0 5.0 1 R/W U16 23
on
0336 Speed controller T1 0 5000 10 ms 1 R/W U16 23
on
0337 Speed controller G2 0.0 128.0 5.0 1 R/W U16 23
on
0338 Speed controller T2 0 5000 10 ms 1 R/W U16 23
on
0339 Source speed f/b 0 2044 1873 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0340 Multiplier droop -25.00 25.00 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 23
on
0341 Source w2-Input 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0342 Speed s/p filter 0.0 100.0 0.0 ms 1 R/W U16 23
on
0343 SC freeze integral 0 2 1 2 R/W U16 23
on
0344 Src frict’n compens 0 2044 1851 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0345 [9] Frict.: speed value 0.00 199.99 1.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0346 [9] Frict.:torque value -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0347 Friction normalize 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0348 Source J-external 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0349 Normalize J-extern 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0350 Source J-ext/-fix 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0351 Fixed value J 0.00 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0352 Source J-extrnal ON 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0353 Source dv/dt 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0354 Source dead band 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0355 Dead band, width B 0.00 199.99 5.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0356 Dead band gain 0.000 10.000 1.000 1 R/W S16 31
on
0357 positive limit 3 P 358 199.99 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0358 negative limit 3 -199.99 P 357 -100.00 % 1 R/W S16 31
on
0359 Enable frict’n test 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 31
off
0360 Src add.Torque s/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-19

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0361 Select add.T s/p 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 24
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0362 Fixvalue add.T s/p -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 24
on
0363 Normalize add.T s/p -100.00 100.00 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 24
on
0364 Filter add. T s/p 0 5000 0 ms 1 R/W U16 24
on
0365 Source T limit 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0366 Select T limit 1 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 24
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0367 [1] Fixvalue T limit 1 -199.99 199.99 100.00 % 1 R/W S16 24
on
0368 Source T limit 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0369 Select T limit 2 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 24
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0370 [1] Fixvalue T limit 2 -199.99 199.99 -100.00 % 1 R/W S16 24
on
0371 Invert T limit 2 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 24
off
parameter value: 0 = direct
1 = inverted
0372 [1] Fast stop T limit 1 -199.99 199.99 125.00 % 1 R/W S16 24
on
0373 [1] Fast stop T limit 2 -199.99 199.99 -125.00 % 1 R/W S16 24
on
0374 [1] Normalize current 0.0 P 33 P 24 A 2 R/W U16 24
off
0375 Compens. motortemp. 0.00 20.00 0.00 % 2 R/W U16 24
on
0376 Source Torque s/p 0 2044 1854 D-Par 1 R/W U16 24
off
0377 Source inv.T-limit 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0380 Source T add. s/p 1 0 2044 1858 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0381 Source T add. s/p 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0382 [1] Source Isd-extern 0 2044 2000 D-Par 2 R/W U16 25
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-20 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0385 Select KTY / PTC 0 2 2 2 R/W U16 30
off
parameter value: 0 = without
1 = KTY
2 = PTC
0386 KTY Alarm 30 180 135 ¦C 1 R/W U16 30
on
0387 KTY Fault 30 195 155 ¦C 1 R/W U16 30
on
0388 PTC Evaluation 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 30
off
parameter value: 0 = warning
1 = switch off
0389 PTC Switch value 1000 4500 4000 Ohm 1 R/W S16 30
on
0390 [1] Speed normalization 100 80000 1500 1/min 2 R/W U32 19
on
0391 Hysteresis N < Nmin 0.00 100.00 10.00 % 2 R/W S16 19
on
0392 Threshold N < Nmin 0.00 120.00 1.00 % 2 R/W S16 19
on
0393 Hysteresis N < Nx 0.00 100.00 10.00 % 2 R/W S16 19
on
0394 Threshold N < Nx 0.00 120.00 50.00 % 2 R/W S16 19
on
0395 [1] Threshold N > Nmax 0 100000 2000 1/min 2 R/W U32 19
on
0396 Source x1 comp. 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 43
off
0397 Hysteresis x1:xs1 0.00 100.00 10.00 % 1 R/W S16 43
on
0398 Fixvalue xs1 comp 1 -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 43
on
0399 Source x2 comp. 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 43
off
0400 Hysteresis x2:xs2 0.00 100.00 10.00 % 1 R/W S16 43
on
0401 Fixvalue xs2 comp 2 -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 43
on
0402 Source xs1 comp 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 43
off
0403 Select fixval comp1 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 43
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0404 Source xs2 comp 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 43
off
0405 Select xs2 comp 2 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 43
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-21

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0406 Source x0 pos i/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 43
off
0407 Source x0 neg i/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 43
off
0408 Hysteresis x0:xs0 0.00 100.00 10.00 % 1 R/W S16 43
on
0409 Fixvalue xs0 -199.99 199.99 1.00 % 1 R/W S16 43
on
0420 G2 Encoder typ 0 1 0 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0 = sine/cosine Encoder
1 = Incremental Encoder
0421 G2 Encod.increments 1 8192 256 2 R/W U16
off
0422 G2 adjust mode 0 2 2 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0 = off
1 = auto offset
2 = auto offset+amplit.
0428 G2 debug adress 1 0 65535 0 2 R/W U16
on
0429 G2 debug adress 2 0 65535 0 2 R/W U16
on
0434 Src analog output 0 2044 1804 D-Par 2 R/W U16 10
off
0435 [8] Fixvalue for Dxxxx -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 6
on
0436 Mode analog output 0 2 0 2 R/W U16 10
on
parameter value: 0 = +10V signal source
1 = -10V signal source
2 = analogue output
0437 Src 1 multiplier 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0438 Src 2 multiplier 1 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0439 Src invert multip.1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0440 Src 1 multiplier 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0441 Src 2 multiplier 2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0442 Src invert multip.2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0443 Src 1 multiplier 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0444 Src 2 multiplier 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0445 Src 3 mul/add 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 37
off
0446 Source 1 XOR 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 45
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-22 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0447 Source 2 XOR 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 45
off
0458 Ramp friction test 0.1 3200.0 10.0 sec 1 R/W U16 31
on
0460 Src digital out 1 0 2044 1709 D-Par 2 R/W U16 7
off
0461 Mode dig. in/out 1 0 4 3 2 R/W U16 7
off
parameter value: :
3 = direct
4 = inverted
0462 Src digital out 2 0 2044 1730 D-Par 2 R/W U16 7
off
0463 Mode dig. in/out 2 0 4 3 2 R/W U16 7
off
parameter value: :
3 = direct
4 = inverted
0464 Src digital out 3 0 2044 1732 D-Par 2 R/W U16 7
off
0465 Mode dig. in/out 3 0 4 3 2 R/W U16 7
off
parameter value: :
3 = direct
4 = inverted
0466 Src relay output 0 2044 1733 D-Par 2 R/W U16 7
off
0467 Mode relay output 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 7
off
parameter value: 0 = relay direct
1 = relay inverted
0470 [5] Source SI1 PZD 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 11
on
0471 Mode dig. in/out 1 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 7
on
parameter value: 0 = input
1 = output
0473 Mode dig. in/out 2 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 7
on
parameter value: 0 = input
1 = output
0475 Mode dig. in/out 3 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 7
on
parameter value: 0 = input
1 = output
0480 [9] Source SI2 PZD 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 48
on
0491 [9] Source SI4 PZD 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 49
off
0493 [9] SynchroLink PZD-src 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 51
off
0494 [11] Source SI6 PZD X13 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 12
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-23

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0496 SyLi Rx watchdog 0 4 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= no reaction
1= warning
2= fault
3= warning & clearData
4= fault & clearData
0497 SyLi Rx timeout 1 60000 1 ms 2 R/W U16
on
0498 SynchroLink Mode 0 6 2 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0= master peer-to-peer
1= master mixed mode
2= slave peer-to-peer
3= slave mixed mode
4= slave broadcast
5= unsync.Peer-to-peer
6= unsync. broadcast
0499 RS232 baudrate X11 0 7 5 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= 1200 Baud
1= 2400 Baud
2= 4800 Baud
3= 9600 Baud
4= 19200 Baud
5= 38400 Baud
6= 57600 Baud
7= 76800 Baud
0500 SI1 protocol type 0 5 2 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= no protocol
1= USS 4/2 words
2= USS 4/6 words
3= USS 0/2 words
4= USS 0/6 words
5= USS 4/0 words
0501 SI1 baudrate 0 6 5 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= 1200 Baud
1= 2400 Baud
2= 4800 Baud
3= 9600 Baud
4= 19200 Baud
5= 38400 Baud
6= 76800 Baud
0502 SI1 parity 0 2 2 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = no parity
1 = odd
2 = even
0503 SI1 stop bits 1 2 1 2 R/W U16
on
0504 [1] SI1 slave address 0 31 0 2 R/W U16
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-24 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0505 SI1 Rx watchdog 0 2 2 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = no reaction
1 = warning
2 = fault
0506 SI1 Rx timeout 0.1 60.0 0.1 sec 2 R/W U16
on
0507 P-to-P operat. mode 0 1 0 2 R/W U16
off
parameter value: 0 = Outp. U3 = Outp. U2
1 = Outp. U3 = Inp. U1
0509 SI2 function 0 3 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= all active
1= no warning
2= no fault
3= disabled
0510 P-to-P protocoll 6 10 8 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 6= P-to-P 1 word
7= P-to-P 2 words
8= P-to-P 3 words
9= P-to-P 4 words
10 = P-to-P 5 words
0511 P-to-P baudrate 3 8 8 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 3= 9600 Baud
4= 19200 Baud
5= 38400 Baud
6= 76800 Baud
7= 115200 Baud
8= 230400 Baud
0512 CAN baudrate 0 7 6 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= reserve
1= reserve
2= reserve
3= reserve
4= 125 kBaud
5= 250 kBaud
6= 500 kBaud
7= 1 MBaud
0515 [3] CAN Tx ID-number 128 1024 176 2 R/W U16
on
0516 [3] CAN Rx ID-number 128 1024 160 2 R/W U16
on
0517 [2] CAN Tx PZD clock 0 255 254 ms 2 R/W U16
on
0518 [1] IBS watchd.function 0 3 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= no action
1= fault
2= inverter OFF
3= fast stop
0519 [1] IBS watchd. timeout 0 65535 65535 ms 2 R/W U16
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-25

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0520 IBS register length 2 10 3 2 R/W U16
on
0522 [1] PB baudrate 0 14 0 0 Read U16
parameter value: 0 = initialization
1 = 9600 Baud
2 = 19200 Baud
3 = 38400 Baud
4 = 93750 Baud
5 = 187500 Baud
6 = 500000 Baud
7= 1.5 MBaud
8 = 57600 Baud
9 = 76800 Baud
10 = 115200 Baud
11 = 3.0 MBaud
12 = 6.0 MBaud
13 = 12.0 MBaud
14 = 45450 Baud
0523 PB address 3 124 9 2 R/W U16
on
0524 PB CLR-DATA 0 1 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = no reaction
1 = fault
0525 [1] PB PPO-TYPE 0 6 0 0 Read U16
parameter value: 0= initialization
1= 4/2 words
2= 4/6 words
3= 0/2 words
4= 0/6 words
5= 4/10 words
6= 0/10 words
0526 SI2 Rx watchdog 0 2 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = no reaction
1 = warning
2 = fault
0527 SI2 Rx timeout 0.01 60.00 0.01 sec 2 R/W U16
on
0535 [1] v/f Stall.protect Kp 0.00 0.00 0.10 2 R/W U16
on
0536 [1] v/f Stall.protect Tn 0 5000 5 ms 2 R/W U16
on
0547 [1] v/f: Kp curr.limit. 0.00 128.00 0.10 2 R/W U16 26
on
0548 [1] v/f CurrentContr Tn 0 5000 10 ms 2 R/W U16 26
on
0564 Ain1 react on i<4mA 0 2 1 2 R/W U16 8
on
parameter value: 0 = no reaction
1 = warning
2 = fault
0571 Src base speed ON 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0572 Src AND RFG-enable 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-26 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0573 Src OR RFG-enable 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off
0575 Src x2 AuxContr. 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 34
off
0576 Src ResetIndexSynch 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0577 Src RFG fast stop 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off
0578 Src T-s/p 3 switch 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0579 Src T-s/p 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0580 SC S&H-reset(inv) 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0581 SI2-watchdog OFF 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
0582 [1] fixvalue for D164x 0 65535 0 2 R/W U16 6
on
0583 [15] Src i/p 0 gate 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 44
off
0584 [15] Src i/p 1 gate 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 44
off
0585 [15] Src i/p 2 gate 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 44
off
0586 [15] Function gate 0 22 0 2 R/W U16 44
off
parameter value: 0= And
1= Or
2= Xor
3= RS-memory
4= D-Latch
5= Sample & hold
6= angle add
7= angle subtract
8= symetric limiter
9= 3 input limiter
10 = processData switch
11 = comparator
12 = window comparator
13 = absolute comparator
14 = 3-Input And
15 = 3-Input Or
16 = And - Or
17 = Nand - Or
18 = Or - And
19 = Nor - And
20 = Xor - And
21 = Xor - Or
22 = invert / NAND
0587 [3] Src timer modul 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 46
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-27

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0588 [3] Timer modul: mode 0 9 0 2 R/W U16 46
on
parameter value: 0= ON delay
1= OFF delay
2= pulse
3= extended pulse
4= pulse generator sym
5= pulse generator
6= ramp generator sym.
7= ramp generator sign
8= ramp generator val.
9= PT1 / DT1 module
0589 [3] Timer modul: time 1 0.00 650.00 0.10 sec 2 R/W U16 46
on
0590 4 to 1 coder enable 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0591 4 to 1 coder bit0 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0592 4 to 1 coder bit1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0593 4 to 1 coder bit2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0594 4 to 1 coder bit3 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0596 [3] Timer modul: time 2 0.00 650.00 0.10 sec 2 R/W U16 46
on
0600 Source var. droop 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0601 Offset var. droop -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 23
on
0602 Gain variable droop 0.000 10.000 1.000 1 R/W U16 23
on
0603 Limit var. droop 0.00 10.00 0.00 % 1 R/W U16 23
on
0604 Select droop mode 0 1 1 2 R/W U16 23
off
parameter value: 0 = variable source
1 = fixvalue
0605 Src ramp parking 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 21
off
0606 Position s/p 0.00 359.99 0.00 ¦ 1 R/W U16
on
0612 Src multiplier i/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0613 Src multipl. factor 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0614 [1] Multiplier factor -1.000.000 1.000.000 100.000 1 R/W S32 36
on
0622 reset act. position 0 2044 1696 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0623 Ext.BR: Resistance 0.1 199.9 199.9 Ohm 2 R/W U16
on
0624 Ext.BR: Rated power 0.1 999.9 1.0 kW 2 R/W U16
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-28 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0625 Ext.BR: Heatup time 1.0 999.9 1.0 sec 2 R/W U16
on
0628 [1] Src SC add setpoint 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 23
off
0633 [1] Encod.Adj. offs.sin -50.00 50.00 0.00 % 2 R/W S16 13
on
0634 [1] Encod.Adj. offs.cos -50.00 50.00 0.00 % 2 R/W S16 13
on
0635 [1] Encod.Adj. ampl.sin 50.00 100.00 100.00 % 2 R/W S16 13
on
0636 [1] Encod.Adj. ampl.cos 50.00 100.00 100.00 % 2 R/W S16 13
on
0637 Enable aux.function 0 4 0 2 R/W U16 29
off
parameter value: 0= all disabled
1= position control on
2= encoder2 active
3= encoder2+ pos.contr
4= anti slide & slip
0638 Encoder2 resolution 100 8192 1024 2 R/W U16 52
off
0639 Offset position 2 -180.00 179.99 0.00 ¦ 1 R/W S16 52
on
0640 Enc2 Reset IndexSyn 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 52
off
0641 Source 2nd mul/div 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0642 Source 1st mul/div 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0643 Mul/div numerator -16000 16000 5000 2 R/W S16 28
off
0644 Mul/div denominator 1 16000 5000 2 R/W U16 28
off
0645 Src numerator adjst 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0646 Src denominat.adjst 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0647 Src add.setpoint PC 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0648 Src setpoint PC 0 2044 2012 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0649 Src position f/b 0 2044 2014 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0650 Src position s/p 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0651 Src position reset2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0652 Pos. error filter 0.0 5000.0 0.0 ms 1 R/W U16 29
on
0654 PosController Gain 0.000 16.000 0.100 1 R/W U16 29
on
0655 PosContr. integral 0 10000 0 ms 1 R/W U16 29
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-29

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0656 Src PosContr enable 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0657 Src PosContr +limit 0 2044 2000 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0658 Src PosContr -limit 0 2044 2001 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0659 PC o/p sig.polarity 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0687 Source Mset-factor 0 2044 2000 D-Par 2 R/W U16 24
off
0688 Src +value limiter2 0 2044 2008 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0689 Src -value limiter2 0 2044 2009 D-Par 2 R/W U16 36
off
0690 Timer: on/off 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
0691 Timer: hours 0 65535 0 h 2 R/W U16
off
0692 Timer: minutes 0 59 0 min 2 R/W U16
off
0694 Src endstop right 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0695 Src endstop left 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 20
off
0710 6 to 1 coder enable 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 42
off
0711 [5] 6 to 1 coder bit x 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 42
off
0712 [63] 6 to 1 coder code x 0 65535 0 2 R/W U16 42
on
0713 6 to 1 coder mode 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 42
off
parameter value: 0 = bit src. P0711.0x.
1 = word src. P0711.00.
0714 CAN node ID 1 127 3 2 R/W U16
on
0715 CANopen baudrate 0 7 4 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= reserve
1= reserve
2= reserve
3= reserve
4= 125 kBaud
5= 250 kBaud
6= 500 kBaud
7= 1 MBaud
0716 [2] CANopen PDO mode 0 255 253 2 R/W U16
on
0717 [2] CANopen cycle timer 0 255 0 2 R/W U16
on
0718 CANopen emergency 0 1 1 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= off
1= on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-30 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0719 CANopen bus off 0 255 0 2 R/W U16
on
0720 CANopen profile 0 1 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = Std profile DS301
1 = I/O profile DS401
0732 Copy from keypad 0 2 0 0 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = no
1 = yes
2 = identification
0733 Copy data to keypad 0 1 0 0 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = no
1 = yes

0734 Display contrast 10 20 14 0 R/W U16


on
0735 [1] opt.anal in1,2 mode 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 50
on
parameter value: 0 = voltage input
1 = current input
0736 anlog Input 2 mode 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 50
on
parameter value: 0= 0% ... ±100%
1 = +20% ... +100%
0740 [1] src. output block 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 10
off
0741 [1] signal output block 0 3 0 1 R/W U16 10
on
parameter value: 0= direct
1= absolute value
2= inverted
3= abs. value inverted
0742 [1] output block norm. Jun 26 160.00 100.00 % 1 R/W U16 10
on
0743 [1] output block 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 10
on
parameter value: 0= 0% ... ±100%
1 = +20% ... +100%
0744 [1] output block offset -100.00 100.00 0.00 % 1 R/W S16 10
on
0745 SI4 function 0 3 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= all active
1= no warning
2= no fault
3= disabled

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-31

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0746 SI4 Rx watchdog 0 2 0 2 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0 = no reaction
1 = warning
2 = fault
0747 SI4 Rx timeout 0.01 60.00 0.01 sec 2 R/W U16
on
0750 Src SI4 watchdogOFF 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
0752 Ain2 react on i<4mA 0 2 1 2 R/W U16 50
on
parameter value: 0 = no reaction
1 = warning
2 = fault
0768 Illum. display 0 999 10 min 0 R/W U16
on
0769 [1] sensles start curr. 0.00 199.99 50.00 % 2 R/W U16 17
off
0770 [1] sensles start speed -199.99 199.99 10.00 % 2 R/W S16 17
off
0771 [1] sensles wait time 0.00 100.00 1.00 sec 2 R/W U16 17
off
0772 [1] sensles start time 0.00 100.00 5.00 sec 2 R/W U16 17
off
0773 [1] K speed-observer 0.00 100.00 1.00 2 R/W U16 17
off
0774 [1] G speed-estimation 0.00 100.00 3.00 % 2 R/W U16 17
off
0775 [1] Tn speed-estimation 0 5000 10 ms 2 R/W U16 17
off
0779 sign angle signal 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 13
off
parameter value: 0 = + direct measuring
1 = - neg. measuring

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-32 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0780 resolution/mot-turn 0 22 2 2 R/W U16 27
off
parameter value: 0= 1024 increments
1= 2048 increments
2= 4096 increments
3= 8192 increments
4= 16384 increments
5= 32768 increments
6= 65536 increments
7= 2exp17 increments
8= 2exp18 increments
9= 2exp19 increments
10 = 2exp20 increments
11 = 2exp21 increments
12 = 2exp22 increments
13 = 2exp23 increments
14 = 2exp24 increments
15 = 2exp25 increments
16 = 2exp26 increments
17 = 2exp27 increments
18 = 2exp28 increments
19 = 2exp29 increments
20 = 2exp30 increments
21 = 2exp31 increments
22 = 2exp32 increments
0781 diameter/perimeter 0.001 10.000.000 1.000 2 R/W U32 27
off
0782 gear ratio 0.001 100.000.00 100.000 2 R/W U32 27
0 off
0783 switch diam./perim. 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 27
off
parameter value: 0 = diameter (P0781*PI)
1 = perimeter (P0781* 1)
0784 Src position switch 0 2044 1673 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0785 [15] position s/p array - 1.000.000. 0.000 2 R/W S32 27
1.000.000.000 000 on
0786 tolerance posSensor 0.000 20.000 1.000 2 R/W U16 29
off
0787 hysteres. posSensor 0.000 10.000 0.500 2 R/W U16 29
off
0788 Enable reset posit. 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0789 position reference -100.000.000 10.000.000 0.000 2 R/W S32 28
off
0790 HiWord 16/32Convert 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0791 LoWord 16/32Convert 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 27
off
0792 reset positionOffse 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0793 linearPart squ.root 0.00 100.00 0.00 % 1 R/W U16 29
on
0794 weighting pos.error 0 1 0 2 R/W U16 29
off
parameter value: 0 = factor 1
1 = factor 1/65536

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-33

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


0795 Src position f/b-2 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 29
off
0796 angle:angle-adjust 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0797 speed:angle-adjust 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 28
off
0799 SI1 adr. set 0/1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
0810 [1] rated line-frequ. 45 65 50 Hz 2 R/W U16
off
0811 [1] line inductance 0.00 650.00 1.00 mH 2 R/W U16
off
0812 [1] line resistance 0.001 10.000 1.000 Ohm 2 R/W U16
off
0813 [1] max. frequ. error 0.0 20.0 10.0 Hz 2 R/W U16
off
0814 [1] min line voltage 0.00 P 815 0.00 % 2 R/W S16
off
0815 [1] max line voltage P 814 199.99 199.99 % 2 R/W S16
off
0816 [1] line: delta angle -180.00 180.00 0.00 ¦ 2 R/W S16
on
0817 [1] line: magnitude uv 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 2 R/W S16
off
0818 [1] line: magnitude vw 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 2 R/W S16
off
0819 [1] line: offsetcorr.uv -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16
off
0820 [1] line: offsetcorr.vw -199.99 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16
off
0898 Scratchpad REFU 0.000 2.147.483. 0.000 2 R/W U32
647 on
0899 Scratchpad customer 0.000 2.147.483. 0.000 2 R/W U32
647 on
1017 Ixt-value shorttime -1000000 1000000 - 0 Read S32
1018 Blockparametrizat. -1 1 0 3 R/W S16
off
1019 [1] Data conflict 0 4095 0 0 Read U16
1020 [48] WS PIC data 0 FFFF 0 hex 0 Read U16
1021 [5] option board 1 code -32768 32767 0 0 Read S16
1022 [5] option board 2 code -32768 32767 0 0 Read S16
1023 panel code 0.0 6553.5 0.0 0 Read U16
1090 [3] DSP debug adr 80000000 7FFFFFFF 0 hex 3 R/W U32
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-34 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1091 [3] DSPdebug mode 0 15 0 3 R/W U16
on
parameter value: 0= off
1= fix Loword
2= fix Hiword
3= float 1
4= float 10
5= float 100
6= float 1000
7= float 1E4
8= float 1E5
9= float 1E6
10 = float 0.1
11 = float 0.01
12 = float 1E-3
13 = float 1E-4
14 = float 1E-5
15 = float 1E-6

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-35

2.3 Display parameters


Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP
1030 actual T-rotor 0 65535 - ms 0 Read U16 25
1038 [10] WS-PIC Scan Anz Mst 0 65535 0 0 Read U16
1040 actual positionNorm 0.00000 0.00000 - % 0 Read U32 27
1041 valid position s/p 2.147.483.648 2.147.483.647 - 0 Read U32 27
1042 actual position -2.147.483.648 2.147.483.647 - 0 Read S32 28
1049 Test ON/OFF 0 1 0 3 R/W U16
off
1050 Service ON/OFF 0 1 0 - Read U16
1051 DSP controlword 0 0000001F - hex 0 Read U32
1067 DSP Statusword 0 FFFFFFFF - hex 0 Read U32
1069 current-out phase U -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1070 current-out phase V -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1071 Isq actual -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1072 Isd actual -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1073 Is actual -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 25
1074 DC-link voltage -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1075 Voltage amplitude -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1076 I-contr-out usd -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1077 I-contr-out usq -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1078 I-contr: theta-i -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 13
14
15
16
17
18
1079 DSP PWM time U -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16
1080 DSP PWM time V -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16
1081 DSP PWM time W -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16
1082 act.rotorflux PSIrd -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 25
1083 Slip-frequency -32.768 32.767 - Hz 0 Read S16 25
1084 reso. exitat. phase -62 61 - 0 Read S16
1085 reso. exitat. ampl. 0 125 - 0 Read S16
1086 encoder sine-wave -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 13
15
16
1087 encoder cosine-wave -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 13
15
16
1089 Encoder signal ampl -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 13
1092 DSP watch Test 0 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16
1093 DSP watch Test 1 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16
1094 DSP watch Test 2 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-36 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1095 DSP watch Test 3 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16
1096 temp. braking resis -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1098 firmware-date 0 0 0 0 Read U16
parameter value: 0 = 31.Oct.2000 15:40
1100 SI4: PZD1 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1101 SI4: PZD2 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1102 SI4: PZD3 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1103 SI4: PZD4 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1104 SI4: PZD5 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1105 SI4: PZD6 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1106 SI4: PZD7 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1107 SI4: PZD8 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1108 SI4: PZD9 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1109 SI4: PZD10-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 49
1120 Output-block 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 10
1121 Output-block 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 10
1129 coder output 0 65535 - 0 Read U16 42
1130 SynchroLink PZD0-in -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 51
1131 SynchroLink PZD1-in -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 51
1132 SynchroLink PZD2-in -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 51
1133 SynchroLink PZD3-in -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 51
1134 SynchroLink PZD4-in -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 51
1135 SynchroLink PZD5-in -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 51
1136 SynchroLink PZD6-in -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 51
1137 SynchroLink PZD7-in -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 51
1138 SynchroLink PZD8-in -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 51
1139 SynchroLink PZD9-in -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 51
1160 SI6: PZD1-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1161 SI6: PZD2-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1162 SI6: PZD3-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1163 SI6: PZD4-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1164 SI6: PZD5-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1165 SI6: PZD6-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1166 SI6: PZD7-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1167 SI6: PZD8-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1168 SI6: PZD9-input X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1169 SI6: PZD10-inp. X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1170 SI6: PZD11-inp. X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1171 SI6: PZD12-inp. X13 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 12
1176 Control word 3 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 4
1177 Status word 3 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 4
1178 ASS: Torque - dv/dt -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-37

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1186 3ph.system synch ok 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1238 Src control word 3 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16 4
off
1239 [15] Src stat.word 3 bit 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 4
off
1240 [15] SSC: src mod1 inp0 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1241 [15] SSC: src mod1 inp1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1242 [15] SSC: src mod1 inp2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1243 [15] SSC: function mod1 0 4 0 2 R/W U16 47
off
parameter value: 0= AND Inp1*Inp2*Inp3
1= OR Inp1+Inp2+Inp3
2= AND-OR (I1*I2)+I3
3= OR-AND (I1+I2)*I3
4= Compare I1>I2
1244 [15] SSC: src mod2 inp0 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1245 [15] SSC: src mod2 inp1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1246 [15] SSC: src mod2 inp2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1247 [15] SSC: function mod2 0 4 0 2 R/W U16 47
off
parameter value: 0= AND Inp1*Inp2*Inp3
1= OR Inp1+Inp2+Inp3
2= AND-OR (I1*I2)+I3
3= OR-AND (I1+I2)*I3
4= Compare I1>I2
1248 [15] SSC: src mod3 inp0 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1249 [15] SSC: src mod3 inp1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1250 [15] SSC: src mod3 inp2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1251 [15] SSC: function mod3 0 4 0 2 R/W U16 47
off
parameter value: 0= AND Inp1*Inp2*Inp3
1= OR Inp1+Inp2+Inp3
2= AND-OR (I1*I2)+I3
3= OR-AND (I1+I2)*I3
4= Compare I1>I2
1252 [15] SSC: source timer 1 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1253 [15] SSC: funct. timer 1 0 3 0 2 R/W U16 47
on
parameter value: 0= ON delay
1= OFF delay
2= pulse
3= extended pulse
1254 [15] SSC: time (timer 1) 0.00 650.00 0.10 sec 2 R/W U16 47
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-38 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1255 [15] SSC: source timer 2 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1256 [15] SSC: funct. timer 2 0 3 0 2 R/W U16 47
on
parameter value: 0= ON delay
1= OFF delay
2= pulse
3= extended pulse
1257 [15] SSC: time (timer 2) 0.00 650.00 0.10 sec 2 R/W U16 47
on
1258 [15] SSC: transit.mask A 0 00FF 0 hex 2 R/W U16 47
on
1259 [15] SSC: A -> next step 0 15 0 2 R/W U16 47
on
1260 [15] SSC: transit.mask B 0 00FF 0 hex 2 R/W U16 47
on
1261 [15] SSC: B -> next step 0 15 0 2 R/W U16 47
on
1262 [15] SSC: transit.mask C 0 00FF 0 hex 2 R/W U16 47
on
1263 [15] SSC: C -> next step 0 15 0 2 R/W U16 47
on
1264 [15] SSC: transit.mask D 0 00FF 0 hex 2 R/W U16 47
on
1265 [15] SSC: D -> next step 0 15 0 2 R/W U16 47
on
1266 [15] SSC: set bit mask 0 FFFF 0 hex 2 R/W U16 47
on
1267 SSC: src RESET 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 47
off
1270 SI6 baudrate X13 4 7 6 2 R/W U16 12
on
parameter value: 4= 125 kBaud
5= 250 kBaud
6= 500 kBaud
7= 1 MBaud
1271 [3] SI6 Tx ID numb. X13 1 2047 176 2 R/W U16 12
on
1272 [3] SI6 Rx ID numb. X13 1 2047 160 2 R/W U16 12
on
1273 [2] SI6 Tx PZD clk. X13 0 255 254 ms 2 R/W U16 12
on
1274 SI6 Rx watchdog X13 0 2 2 2 R/W U16 12
on
parameter value: 0 = no reaction
1 = warning
2 = fault
1275 SI6 Rx timeout X13 0.01 60.00 0.01 sec 2 R/W U16 12
on
1276 src.SI6-watchd. OFF 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16 12
off
1280 Src ASS enable 0 2044 1700 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-39

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1281 [3] ASS source nact 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
1282 [2] ASS nact[i] enable 0 2044 1701 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
1283 ASS: source M s/p 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
1284 ASS: src nist dn/dt 0 2044 1800 D-Par 2 R/W U16
off
1285 ASS RFG2 startvalue 0.00 199.99 100.00 % 2 R/W S16
on
1286 ASS RFG2 endvalue 0.00 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16
on
1287 ASS RFG1 endvalue 0.00 199.99 0.00 % 2 R/W S16
on
1288 ASS RFG1 T_up slide 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1289 ASS RFG1 T_up slip 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1290 ASS RFG1 Tdown slid 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1291 ASS RFG1 Tdown slip 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1292 ASS RFG2 T_up slide 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1293 ASS RFG2 T_up slip 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1294 ASS RFG2 Tdown slid 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1295 ASS RFG2 Tdown slip 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1296 ASS comp1 lev.slide 0.00 100.00 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1297 ASS comp1 lev. slip 0.00 100.00 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1298 ASS comp1 hyst.slid 0.00 99.99 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1299 ASS comp1 hyst.slip 0.00 99.99 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1300 ASS comp2Level slid 0.00 100.00 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1301 ASS comp2Level slip 0.00 100.00 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1302 ASS comp2 hyst.slid 0.00 99.99 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1303 ASS comp2 hyst.slip 0.00 99.99 0.10 % 2 R/W U16
on
1304 ASS: Pt1-Mset T1 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1305 ASS:Dt1-nact T1 0 10000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on
1306 ASS:Dt1-nact Td 0 30000 10 ms 2 R/W U16
on

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-40 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1307 ASS div-limit 0.00 100.00 0.00 % 2 R/W U16
on
1309 [1] v/f: Kp2curr.limit. 0.00 128.00 0.10 2 R/W U16
on
1311 [1] RCC: voltage v1 0.0 1000.0 0.0 V 2 R/W U16
on
1312 [1] RCC: voltage v3 0.0 1000.0 0.0 V 2 R/W U16
on
1313 [1] RCC: phase angle 3 -180.00 180.00 0.00 ¦ 2 R/W S16
on
1314 [1] RCC: voltage v5 0.0 1000.0 0.0 V 2 R/W U16
on
1315 [1] RCC: phase angle 5 -180.00 180.00 0.00 ¦ 2 R/W S16
on
1316 [1] RCC: voltage v7 0.0 1000.0 0.0 V 2 R/W U16
on
1317 [1] RCC: phase angle 7 -180.00 180.00 0.00 ¦ 2 R/W S16
on
1318 [1] RCC: add. voltage 0.0 1000.0 0.0 V 2 R/W U16
on
1319 [1] RCC: add. frequency 0.00 500.00 0.00 Hz 2 R/W U16
on
1320 [1] RCC: src mult.f_add 0 2044 2000 D-Par 2 R/W U16
on
1321 [1] RCC: src mult.v_add 0 2044 2000 D-Par 2 R/W U16
on
1480 Control word3 Bit 0 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1481 Control word3 Bit 1 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1482 Control word3 Bit 2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1483 Control word3 Bit 3 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1484 Control word3 Bit 4 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1485 Control word3 Bit 5 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1486 Control word3 Bit 6 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1487 Control word3 Bit 7 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1488 Control word3 Bit 8 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1489 Control word3 Bit 9 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1490 Control word3 Bit10 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1491 Control word3 Bit11 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1492 Control word3 Bit12 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1493 Control word3 Bit13 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1494 Control word3 Bit14 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1495 Control word3 Bit15 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1496 warning brake-Resis 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1497 Fault brakeResistor 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1498 Fault DC-link low 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1531 SyncLink RxD active 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1532 SyncLink synchroniz 0 1 - 0 Read U16

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-41

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1533 SyncLink RxD-fail 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1534 encoder2 zeroPassed 0 1 - 0 Read U16 52
1535 Brake res.available 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1536 SSC: status bitmask 0 FFFF - 0 Read U16 47
1537 SSC: status bit 0 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1538 SSC: status bit 1 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1539 SSC: status bit 2 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1540 SSC: status bit 3 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1541 SSC: status bit 4 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1542 SSC: status bit 5 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1543 SSC: status bit 6 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1544 SSC: status bit 7 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1545 SSC: status bit 8 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1546 SSC: status bit 9 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1547 SSC: status bit 10 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1548 SSC: status bit 11 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1549 SSC: status bit 12 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1550 SSC: status bit 13 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1551 SSC: status bit 14 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1552 SSC: status bit 15 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1553 SSC: transition A 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1554 SSC: transition B 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1555 SSC: transition C 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1556 SSC: transition D 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1557 SSC: modul 1 outp.1 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1558 SSC: modul 1 outp.2 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1559 SSC: modul 2 outp.1 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1560 SSC: modul 2 outp.2 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1561 SSC: modul 3 outp.1 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1562 SSC: modul 3 outp.2 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1563 SSC: Timer 1 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1564 SSC: Timer 2 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1565 SSC: actual step 32768 32767 - 0 Read U16 47
1567 position in toler. 0 1 - 0 Read U16 29
1568 posit. out of toler 0 1 - 0 Read U16 29
1569 word position mess. 0 1 - 0 Read U16 29
1570 position s/p number 0 1 - 0 Read U16 27
1571 PS control volt. ok 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1580 Logic gate 10 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 44
1581 Logic gate 10 not -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 44
1582 Logic gate 11 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 44
1583 Logic gate 11 not -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 44

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-42 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1584 Logic gate 12 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1585 Logic gate 12 not -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1586 Logic gate 13 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1587 Logic gate 13 not -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1588 Logic gate 14 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1589 Logic gate 14 not -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1590 Logic gate 15 -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1591 Logic gate 15 not -32768 32767 - 0 Read S16 45
1608 Init finished 0 1 0 0 Read U16
1610 Logic gate 0 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1611 Logic gate 0 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1612 Logic gate 1 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1613 Logic gate 1 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1614 Logic gate 2 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1615 Logic gate 2 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1616 Logic gate 3 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1617 Logic gate 3 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1618 Logic gate 4 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1619 Logic gate 4 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1620 Timer 0 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1621 Timer 0 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1622 Timer 1 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1623 Timer 1 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1624 Timer 2 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1625 Timer 2 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1626 Timer 3 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1627 Timer 3 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 46
1642 fixvalue P582.00 0 65535 - 0 Read U16 6
1643 fixvalue P582.01 0 65535 - 0 Read U16 6
1645 EncoderAdjust ready 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1650 Logic gate 5 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1651 Logic gate 5 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1652 Logic gate 6 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1653 Logic gate 6 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1654 Logic gate 7 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1655 Logic gate 7 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1656 Logic gate 8 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1657 Logic gate 8 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1658 Logic gate 9 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1659 Logic gate 9 not 0 1 - 0 Read S16 44
1660 Control word1 Bit0 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1661 Control word1 Bit1 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-43

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1662 Control word1 Bit2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1663 Control word1 Bit3 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1664 Control word1 Bit4 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1665 Control word1 Bit5 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1666 Control word1 Bit6 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1667 Control word1 Bit7 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1668 Operating & [P0089] 0 1 - 0 Read U16 33
1669 ON Command OR [P90] 0 1 - 0 Read U16 33
1672 Parameterset 0 1 - 0 Read U16 5
1673 coder output 0 15 - 0 Read U16 27
1680 Control word2 Bit 0 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1681 Control word2 Bit 1 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1682 Control word2 Bit 2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1683 Control word2 Bit 3 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1684 Control word2 Bit 4 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1685 Control word2 Bit 5 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1686 Control word2 Bit 6 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1687 Control word2 Bit 7 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1688 Control word2 Bit 8 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1689 Control word2 Bit 9 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1690 Control word2 Bit10 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1691 Control word2 Bit11 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1692 Control word2 Bit12 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1693 Control word2 Bit13 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1694 Control word2 Bit14 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1695 Control word2 Bit15 0 1 - 0 Read U16 4
1696 Encoder index pulse 0 1 - 0 Read U16 14
15
16
1697 MechanicalBrakeOpen 0 1 - 0 Read U16 33
1698 I*t protection ON 0 1 - 0 Read U16 25
1699 Current ctrl limit 0 1 - 0 Read U16 26
1700 Constant logic 0 0 0 0 0 Read U16 6
1701 Constant logic 1 1 1 1 0 Read U16 6
1702 SC limiting 0 1 - 0 Read U16 23
1703 Torque limiting 0 1 - 0 Read U16 24
1704 RFG active up 0 1 - 0 Read U16 31
1705 RFG active down 0 1 - 0 Read U16 31
1706 RFG s/p reached 0 1 - 0 Read U16 31
1707 Alarm motor temp. 0 1 - 0 Read U16 30
1708 Fault motor temp. 0 1 - 0 Read U16 30
1709 N actual < Nmin 0 1 - 0 Read U16 19
1710 N actual < Nx 0 1 - 0 Read U16 19

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-44 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1711 Overspeed 0 1 - 0 Read U16 19
1712 comp: x1 > xs1 0 1 - 0 Read U16 43
1713 comp: x2 > xs2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 43
1714 Digital Input 1 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1715 Digital Input 2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1716 Digital Input 3 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1717 Digital Input 4 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1718 Digital Input 5 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1722 Digital Output 1 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1723 Digital Output 2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1724 Digital Output 3 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1725 Relay Output 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1727 RFG stop 0 1 - 0 Read U16 21
1728 RFG reset 0 1 - 0 Read U16 21
1729 S/P limiter active 0 1 - 0 Read U16 22
1730 Status ready 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1731 Status ON 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1732 Status operation 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1733 Status fault 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1734 Status not Off2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1735 Status not faststop 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1736 Status inhibit 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1737 Status alarm 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1738 Statusword 1 bit 8 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1739 Statusword 1 bit 9 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1740 Statusword 1 bit 10 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1741 Statusword 1 bit 11 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1742 Statusword 1 bit 12 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1743 Statusword 1 bit 13 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1744 Statusword 1 Bit 14 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1745 Statusword 1 Bit 15 0 1 - 0 Read U16 3
1746 Actual speed > Nmin 0 1 - 0 Read U16 19
1747 Actual speed > Nx 0 1 - 0 Read U16 19
1748 Comp: x1 < xs1 0 1 - 0 Read U16 43
1749 Comp: x2 < xs2 0 1 - 0 Read U16 43
1750 T-controller limit 0 1 - 0 Read U16 35
1751 Limiter 1 active 0 1 - 0 Read U16 38
1752 Limiter 2 active 0 1 - 0 Read U16 36
1753 Limiter 3 active 0 1 - 0 Read U16 31
1754 EXOR-Gate 0 1 - 0 Read U16 45
1755 Motor rotation ccw 0 1 - 0 Read U16 23
1756 Flux o.k. 0 1 - 0 Read U16 25

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-45

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1757 Comp: x0 < xs0 0 1 - 0 Read U16 43
1758 Comp: x0 > xs0 0 1 - 0 Read U16 43
1759 Friction test end 0 1 - 0 Read U16 31
1760 Digital In1 inverse 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1761 Digital In2 inverse 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1762 Digital In3 inverse 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1763 Digital In4 inverse 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1764 Digital In5 inverse 0 1 - 0 Read U16 7
1768 Controlword 1 bit 8 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1769 Controlword 1 bit 9 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1770 Controlword 1 bit10 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1771 Controlword 1 bit11 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1772 Controlword 1 bit12 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1773 Controlword 1 bit13 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1774 Controlword 1 bit14 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1775 Controlword 1 bit15 0 1 - 0 Read U16 2
1780 Index pulse passed 0 1 - 0 Read U16 28
1781 RFG parking 0 1 - 0 Read U16 21
1783 fault signal LT 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1784 Offset PC adjusted 0 1 - 0 Read U16 29
1785 ASS active 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1786 ASS sliding 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1787 ASS slipping 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1788 Main contactor ctrl 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1789 Main contactor On 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1790 Brake resistor ON 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1791 Pre-charging ON 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1793 Fault code 0 511 - 0 Read U16
1794 Alarm bits 0 FFFFFFFF - hex 0 Read U32
1795 [3] Fault bits 0 FFFFFFFF - hex 0 Read U32
1796 St. PU:S 1P W21P 0 10111111 0 0 Read U16
1797 Outp. fan control 0 1 - 0 Read U16
1798 DO Rel321 0 1111 0 0 Read U16 7
1799 DI 5 43231 0 11111 0 0 Read U16 7
1800 Fixvalue 0.00% 0.00 0.00 0.00 % 0 Read S16 6
1801 Analog input 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 8
1802 Output block 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 9
1803 Output block 3 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 9
1804 Output block 4 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 9
1805 opt.1 analog input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 50
1806 opt.2 analog input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 50
1807 Analog inp.1 direct -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 8

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-46 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1808 TC PT1-Modul 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 38
1809 TC PT1-Modul 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 38
1810 Limiter 1 o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 38
1811 Gain-Modul -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 38
1812 Gain-Modul+Offset -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 38
1813 Changeover switch 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 38
1814 Changeover switch 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 38
1815 TC normalization -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1816 TC actual value -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1817 TC actual value+TD -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1818 TC error signal -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1819 TC setpoint -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1820 TC output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1821 TC o/p normalized -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1822 TC o/p norm + s/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 35
1823 S/P integrator -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 41
1824 Free characteristic -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 40
1825 Additional s/p 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1826 Factor add. s/p 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1827 Additional s/p 3 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1828 Additional s/p 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1829 Speed s/p delta v -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1830 Setpoint sum o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1831 Multiplier -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 36
1832 Main setpoint -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 20
1833 Ramp generator i/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 20
1834 Ramp generator o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 21
1835 Rampgenerator dv/dt -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 21
1836 Limiter 2 o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 36
1837 Multiply/divide -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 36
1838 Additional s/p 4 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1839 Setpoint limit i/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 22
1840 Setpoint limit o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1841 Notch-filter o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 19
1842 Friction compens’n -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 31
1843 Inertia compens’n -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 31
1844 Limiter 3 o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 31
1845 Sum add. torque s/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 31
1846 AC error signal -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 34
1847 Adaption SC gain -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1848 SC gain -128.0 128.0 - 0 Read S16 23
1849 SC integral time 32768 32767 - ms 0 Read U16 23

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-47

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1850 SC speed demand -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1851 SC feedback -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1852 SC error signal -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1853 SC droop -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1854 SC output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1855 SC symmetr. limit -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1856 SC droop input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1857 Aux.Controller o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 34
1858 Additional T s/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1859 Torque limiter o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1860 Fixvalue P435.00 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
1861 Fixvalue P435.01 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
1862 Mul/Inv. Modul 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 37
1863 Mul/Inv. Modul 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 37
1864 Mul/Add. Modul 3 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 37
1865 Torque limiter i/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1866 Torque demand -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1867 Current s/p Isq* -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1868 Torque limit 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1869 Torque limit 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1870 Heat sink temp. -200.00 199.99 - ¦C 0 Read S16 30
1871 Motor temp. sensor 0 10000 - Ohm 0 Read S16 30
1872 Motor temp. linear -200.00 199.99 - ¦C 0 Read S16 30
1873 Speed feedback 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 19
1874 Motor current -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1877 motor temp normal. -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 30
1878 isd setpoint -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1879 isq setpoint -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1880 setpoint queue -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 20
1882 Isq actual value -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1883 Isd actual value -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1884 Isd external s/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1888 Dancing roller i/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 32
1889 Dancing roller o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 32
1890 Mechanical angle -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 13
14
15
16
17
18
1891 Danc_roller upper p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 32
1892 Danc_roller lower p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 32
1893 MFB 1 Output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 39
1894 MFB 2 Output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 39

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-48 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1895 MFB 3 Output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 39
1896 MFB 4 Output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 39
1897 Absolute speed sig. -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 19
1898 [P406] - [P407] -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1900 SI1: PZD1 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
1901 SI1: PZD2 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
1902 SI1: PZD3 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
1903 SI1: PZD4 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
1904 SI1: PZD5 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
1905 SI1: PZD6 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
1910 SI2: PZD1 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1911 SI2: PZD2 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1912 SI2: PZD3 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1913 SI2: PZD4 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1914 SI2: PZD5 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1915 SI2: PZD6 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1916 SI2: PZD7 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1917 SI2: PZD8 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1918 SI2: PZD9 -input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1919 SI2: PZD10-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 48
1920 Control word 1 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 2
53
54
1921 SI Control word 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 2
1922 Status word 1 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 3
53
54
1923 Control word 2 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 4
1924 Status word 2 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 4
1925 Heat-sink/ motor 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16
1926 Current/Status 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16
1927 Control word KL 0 FFFF - hex 0 Read U16 2
1928 DC link voltage -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1961 S/C-o/p sample&hold -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1962 Actual I*t-Limit -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 25
1967 Fixvalue P435.02 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
1968 Fixvalue P435.03 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
1969 Fixvalue P435.04 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
1970 Variable drp factor -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 23
1971 Torque s/p+add.1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 24
1972 Position s/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1977 Multiplier o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 36
1985 Encoder2 angle -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 52

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Parameter list 2-49

Nr MaxInd Text Minwert Maxwert Stdwert Einh. Pw Prog Typ FP


1986 Encoder2 angle+offs -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 52
1987 Speed feedback 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 52
1988 Output mul/div 1 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 28
1989 PC error-signal -0.00305 0.00305 - % 0 Read S32 29
1990 PC error-sig.corr. -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 29
1991 Pos.Controller o/p -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 29
1992 ASS RFG1-output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1993 ASS RFG2-output -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1994 ASS selected dn -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1995 ASS Mset filter -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1996 ASS nact / dt -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1997 ASS mset - n/dt -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1998 Mains voltage -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16
1999 Output mul/div 2 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 28
2000 Fixvalue 100.00% 100.00 100.00 100.00 % 0 Read S16 6
2001 Fixvalue-100.00% -100.00 -100.00 -100.00 % 0 Read S16 6
2004 Fixvalue P435.05 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
2005 Fixvalue P435.06 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
2008 Fixvalue P435.07 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
2009 Fixvalue P435.08 -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 6
2012 position setpoint -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 27
2013 position s/p LoWord -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 27
2014 act. position norm. -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 28
2015 act.position LoWord -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 28
2016 16->32bit Converter -0.00305 0.00305 - % 0 Read S32 27
2017 angle adjust module -20.000.000 19.999.999 - % 0 Read S32 27
2029 Heat sink temperat. -200.00 199.99 - ¦C 0 Read S16 30
2030 Service PZD1-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
2031 Service PZD2-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
2032 Service PZD3-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
2033 Service PZD4-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
2034 Service PZD5-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11
2035 Service PZD6-input -200.00 199.99 - % 0 Read S16 11

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
2-50 Parameter list RD52 Firmware

2.4 Explanations regarding the display parameters (D


parameters)
The display parameters are called, in the following text, as well as in the
function charts, D parameters (D1716 = display parameter No. 1716). D
parameters can only be read. Four D parameters can be simultaneously
displayed on the operator panel using the monitor (refer to the Instruction
Manual, Section 5).
D parameters have no factory setting. When the drive converter is
powered-up, they assume a value between "minimum value" and
"maximum value" and can continually change during operation, with the
exception of the system constants, also refer to Function chart, Sheet 1.

System constants Constant parameter value


D1700 0 (logical low)
D1701 1 (logical high)
D1800 0.00 %
D2000 100.00 %
D2001 -100.00 %

D parameters can be sub-divided into two groups:


• D parameters for status display and control functions.
• D parameters for process data.

D parameters for status display and control functions


Most of the parameters of this group have only logical status 0 or 1. For 0,
the message or function is not active, for 1, appropriately active. If there is
a text explanation for a D parameter in the function charts, this is always
valid for the logical status 1.
Here are some examples:
D1708 Motor temp. fault 0 = no fault 1 = fault
D1729 Setpoint limiter 0 = not active 1 = active
D1714 Digital input 1 0 = low 1 = high
D1748 Comparison x > xs 0 = x less than xs 1 = x greater than xs
The values of this parameter group have no units and are therefore not
normalized, i.e. the value in the parameter list is the same value which is
sent via the interface.

D parameters for process signals


The process signals are normalized according to units as follows:

Units Display/Table Interface Example


Percent (%): 100.00 % = 4000 Hex = 16384 Dec D2000
Controller Kp: 1.0 = 100 Hex = 256 Dec D1848
Degrees Celsius (°C):100.00°C = 4000 Hex = 16384 Dec D1872

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Index 3-1

3 Index

D
D parameters for process signals 2-50
D parameters for status display and control functions 2-50
Decimal point 2-2
Display parameters 2-35

E
Explanation of the table columns 2-1
Explanations regarding the display parameters (D parameters) 2-50

F
Fault/error messages when parameterizing 1-3

I
Ind (max. Index) 2-1

K
Key combinations 1-2
Key functions of the operator panel when parameterizing 1-2
Key functions when parameterizing 1-2

M
Menu structure 1-4
Min. value - Max. value 2-1

P
Parameter name 2-1
Parameter value 2-2
Parameterization 1-1
Parameterization using the operator panel RZB 1-1
Parameterliste 2-3
Prog. 2-2
Pw (Password) 2-1

S
Std. value (Standard) 2-1
Structure of the PARAMETERIZING menu 1-4

U
Units (Units) 2-1

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
3-2 Index RD52 Firmware

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service Facilities 4-1

4 Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service


Facilities
Indramat Refu
Adresse: Indramat Refu GmbH
Uracher Straße 91
72555 Metzingen
Postadresse: 72545 Metzingen – Postfach 1554
Telefon: +49 (0)7123/969-0
Telefax: +49 (0)7123/969-120

Kundendienst - Service
Service Hotline: +49 (0)7123/969-200 (an Werktagen von 8 – 17 Uhr)
Service Telefax: +49 (0)7123/969-220
e-mail: kd@refu.com

Deutschland – Germany vom Ausland: (0) nach Landeskennziffer weglassen!!


from abroad: don’t dial (0) after country code!

Vertriebsgebiet Mitte SALES Vertriebsgebiet Mitte SALES Vertriebsgebiet Ost SALES Vertriebsgebiet Ost SALES
Germany Centre Service Germany Centre Service Germany East Service Germany East Service

Rexroth Indramat GmbH Mannesmann Rexroth AG Rexroth Indramat GmbH Mannesmann Rexroth AG
Bgm.-Dr.-Nebel-Str. 2 Gesch.ber. Rexroth Indramat Beckerstraße 31 GB Rexroth Indramat GmbH
97816 Lohr am Main Lilistraße 14-18 09120 Chemnitz Holzhäuser Str. 122
63067 Offenbach 04299 Leipzig
Telefon: +49 (0)9352/40-0 Telefon: +49 (0)371/35 55-0
Telefax: +49 (0)9352/40-4885 Telefon: +49 (0) 69/82 00 90-0 Telefax: +49 (0)371/35 55-333 Telefon: +49 (0)341/86 77-0
Telefax: +49 (0) 69/82 00 90-80 Telefax: +49 (0)341/86 77-219

Vertriebsgebiet Süd SALES Gebiet Südwest SALES Vertriebsgebiet Nord SALES Vertriebsgebiet Nord SALES
Germany South Service Germany South-West Service Germany North Service Germany North Service

Rexroth Indramat GmbH Mannesmann Rexroth AG Rexroth Indramat GmbH Mannesmann Rexroth AG
Ridlerstraße 75 Vertrieb Deutschland – VD-BI Kieler Straße 212 Vertriebsniederlassung Region Nord
80339 München Geschäftsbereich Rexroth Indramat 22525 Hamburg Gesch.ber. Rexroth Indramat
Regionalzentrum Südwest Walsroder Str. 93
Telefon: +49 (0)89/540138-30 Ringstrasse 70 / Postfach 1144 Telefon: +49 (0)40/85 31 57-0
30853 Langenhagen
Telefax: +49 (0)89/540138-10 70736 Fellbach / 70701 Fellbach Telefax: +49 (0)40/85 31 57-15
indramat.mue@t-online.de Telefon: +49 (0) 511/72 66 57-0
Tel.: +49 (0)711/57 61–100 Telefax: +49 (0) 511/72 66 57-93
Fax: +49 (0)711/57 61–125

Vertriebsgebiet West SALES SERVICE - Hotline - 7 Tage / 24h - ERSATZTEIL - Hotline


Germany West Service
HELPDESK
Mannesmann Rexroth AG MO – FR - von 7 – 17 Uhr
Telefax +49 (0)9352/40-4941 ♦ nur an Werktagen
Vertrieb Deutschland
Regionalzentrum West Telefon +49 (0)9352/40- ♦ von 15 -18 Uhr
Borsigstrasse 15 Bernard A. -4894
D - 40880 Ratingen Kolb R. -4922
Pfeffermann O. -4808 Tel. +49 (0) 93 52/40 42 22
Telefon: +49 (0)2102/409-0 Roeper P. -4359
Telefax: +49 (0)2102/409-406 Scheiner W. -4921

A U S S E R H A L B dieser Zeit:
Telefon: +49 (0)172/660 04 06
oder/or
Telefon: +49 (0)171/333 88 26

Kundenbetreuungsstellen in Deutschland - Service agencies in Germany

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
4-2 Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service Facilities RD52 Firmware

Europa – Europe vom Ausland: (0) nach Landeskennziffer weglassen, 0 nach Landeskennziffer mitwählen!
from abroad: don’t dial (0) after country code, dial 0 after country code!

Austria SALES Service Austria SALES Service Belgium SALES Service Denmark SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth Ges.m.b.H. Mannesmann Rexroth G.m.b.H. Mannesmann Rexroth N.V.-S.A. BEC AS
Gesch.ber. Rexroth Indramat Gesch.ber. Rexroth Indramat Gesch.ber. Rexroth Indramat Zinkvej 6
Hägelingasse 3 Industriepark 18 Industrielaan 8 DK-8900 Randers
A - 1140 Wien A - 4061 Pasching B-1740 Ternat
Telefon: +43 (0)1/9852540-400 Telefon: +43 (0)7221/605-0 Telefon: +32 (0)2/5830719 Telefon: +45 (0)87/11 90 60
Telefax: +43 (0)1/9852540-93 Telefax: +43 (0)7221/605-21 Telefax: +32 (0)2/5830731 Telefax: +45 (0)87/11 90 61

Chechia SALES Service England SALES Service Finland SALES Service France SALES Service

Mannesmann-Rexroth, spol.s.r.o. Mannesmann Rexroth Ltd. Rexroth Mecman Oy Mannesmann Rexroth S.A.
Hviezdoslavova 5 Rexroth Indramat Division Rexroth Indramat division Division Rexroth Indramat
CS - 627 00 Brno Broadway Lane, South Cerney Ansatie 6 Parc des Barbanniers
GB - Cirencester, Glos GL7 5UH SF-017 40 Vantaa 4, Place du Village
Telefon: +420 (0)5/48 126 358
F-92632 Gennevilliers Cedex
Telefax: +420 (0)5/48 126 112 Telefon: +44 (0)1285/863000 Telefon: +358 (0)9/84 91-11
Telefax: +44 (0)1285/863030 Telefax: +358 (0)9/84 91-13 60 Telefon: +33 (0)141 47 54 30
Telefax: +33 (0)147 94 69 41
Hotline: +33 (0)6 08 33 43 28

France SALES Service France SALES Service Italy SALES Service Italy SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth S.A. Mannesmann Rexroth S.A. Mannesmann Rexroth S.p.A. Mannesmann Rexroth S.p.A.
Division Rexroth Indramat Division Rexroth Indramat Divisione Rexroth Indramat Divisione Rexroth Indramat
270, Avenue de Lardenne 91, Bd. Irène Joliot-Curie Via G. Di Vittoria, 1 Via Borgomanero, 11
F - 31100 Toulouse F - 69634 Vénissieux – Cedex I - 20063 Cernusco S/N.MI I - 10145 Torino
Telefon: +33 (0)5 61 49 95 19 Telefon: +33 (0)4 78 78 53 65 Telefon: +39 02/92 36 52 70 Telefon: +39 011/7 50 38 11
Telefax: +33 (0)5 61 31 00 41 Telefax: +33 (0)4 78 78 53 62 Telefax: +39 02/92 36 55 12 Telefax: +39 011/7 71 01 90

Italy SALES Service Italy SALES Service Italy SALES Service Netherlands SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth S.p.A. Mannesmann Rexroth S.p.A. Mannesmann Rexroth S.p.A. Hydraudyne Hydrauliek B.V.
Divisione Rexroth Indramat Divisione Rexroth Indramat Divisione Rexroth Indramat Kruisbroeksestraat 1
Via del Progresso, 16 (Zona Ind.) Via Mascia, 1 Viale Oriani, 38/A (P.O. Box 32)
I - 35020 Padova I - 80053 Castellamare di Stabia NA I - 40137 Bologna NL - 5281 RV Boxtel
Telefon: +39 049/8 70 13 70 Telefon: +39 081/8 71 57 00 Telefon: +39 051/34 14 14 Telefon: +31 (0)411/65 19 51
Telefax: +39 049/8 70 13 77 Telefax: +39 081/8 71 68 86 Telefax: +39 051/34 14 22 Telefax: +31 (0)411/65 14 83
e-mail: indramat@hydraudyne.nl

Netherlands SALES Service Norway SALES Service Poland SALES Service Russia SALES Service

Hydrocare B.V. Rexroth Mecman AS Mannesmann Rexroth Sp.zo.o. Tschudnenko E.B.


Kruisbroeksestraat 1 Rexroth Indramat Division Biuro Poznan Arsenia 22
(P.O. Box 32) Berghagan 1 or: Box 3007 ul. Dabrowskiego 81/85 RUS - 153000 Ivanovo
NL - 5281 RV Boxtel N -1405 Ski-Langhus N -1402 Ski PL - 60-529 Poznan Rußland
Telefon: +31 (0)411/65 19 51 Telefon: +47 (0)64 86 41 00 Telefon: +48 061/847 67 99 Telefon: +7 093/223 96 33
Telefax: +31 (0)411/67 78 14 Telefax: +47 (0)64 86 90 62 Telefax: +48 061/847 64 02 oder/or +7 093/223 95 48
Telefax: +7 093/223 46 01

Spain SALES Service Spain SALES Service Sweden SALES Service Slowenia SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth S.A. Goimendi S.A. Rexroth Mecman Svenska AB Rexroth Indramat
Divisiòn Rexroth Indramat División Rexroth Indramat Rexroth Indramat Division elektromotorji d.o.o.
Centro Industrial Santiga Jolastokieta (Herrera) Varuvägen 7 Otoki 21
Obradors s/n Apartado 11 37 S - 125 81 Stockholm SLO - 64 228 Zelezniki
E-08130 Santa Perpetua de Mogoda E - 20017 San Sebastian
Telefon: +46 (0)8/727 92 00 Telefon: +386 64/61 73 32
Barcelona
Telefon: +34 9 43/40 01 63 Telefax: +46 (0)8/647 32 77 Telefax: +386 64/64 71 50
Telefon: +34 937 47 94 00 Telefax: +34 9 43/39 17 99
Telefax: +34 937 47 94 01

Turkey SALES Service Switzerland Switzerland


SALES SALES
Mannesmann Rexroth Hidropar A..S. -East- Service -West- Service
Fevzi Cakmak Cad No. 3
TR - 34630 Sefaköy Istanbul Mannesmann Rexroth Schweiz AG Mannesmann Rexroth Suisse SA
Gesch.ber. Rexroth Indramat Département Rexroth Indramat
Telefon: +90 212/541 60 70
Gewerbestraße 3 Rue du village 1
Telefax: +90 212/599 34 07
CH - 8500 Frauenfeld CH - 1020 Renens
Telefon: +41 (0)52/720 21 00 Telefon: +41 (0)21/632 84 20
Telefax: +41 (0)52/720 21 11 Telefax: +41 (0)21/632 84 21

Europäische Kundenbetreuungsstellen (ohne Deutschland)


European Service agencies (without Germany)

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
RD52 Firmware Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service Facilities 4-3

Außerhalb Europa - outside Europe vom Ausland: (0) nach Landeskennziffer weglassen!
from abroad: don’t dial (0) after country code!

Argentina SALES Service Argentina SALES Service Australia SALES Service Australia SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth S.A.I.C. NAKASE AIMS - Australian Industrial Mannesmann Rexroth Pty. Ltd.
Division Rexroth Indramat Servicio Tecnico CNC Machinery Services Pty. Ltd. No. 7, Endeavour Way
Acassusso 48 41/7 Calle 49, No. 5764/66 Unit 3/45 Horne ST Braeside Victoria, 31 95
RA - 1605 Munro (Buenos Aires) RA - 1653 Villa Balester Campbellfield , VIC 3061 AUS – Melbourne
Prov. - Buenos Aires AUS - Melbourne
Telefon: +54 (0)11/4756 01 40
Telefax: +54 (0)11/4762 6862 Telefon: +54 (0) 11/4768 36 43 Telefon: +61 (0)3/93 59 02 28
Telefon: +61 (0)3/95 80 39 33
e-mail:mannesmann@impsat1.com.ar Telefax: +54 (0) 11/4768 24 13 Telefax: +61 (0)3/93 59 02 86
Telefax: +61 (0)3/95 80 17 33
e-mail: nakase@usa.net
Email: mel@rexroth.com.au
nakase@infovia.com.ar

Brazil SALES Service Brazil SALES Service Canada SALES Service China SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth Mannesmann Rexroth Basic Technologies Corporation Mannesmann Rexroth (China) Ldt.
Automação Ltda. Automação Ltda. Burlington Division Shanghai Parts & Service Center
Divisão Rexroth Indramat Divisão Rexroth Indramat 3426 Mainway Drive 199 Wu Cao Road, Hua Cao
Rua Georg Rexroth, 609 R. Dr.Humberto Pinheiro Vieira, 100 Burlington, Ontario Minhang District
Vila Padre Anchieta Distrito Industrial Canada L7M 1A8 PRC - Shanghai 201 103
BR - 09951-270 Diadema-SP BR - 89220-390 Joinville - SC
Telefon: +1 905/335 55 11 Telefon: +86 21/62 20 00 58
[ Caixa Postal 377 ] [ Caixa Postal 1273 ]
[ BR-09901-970 Diadema-SP ]
Telefax: +1 905/335-41 84 Telefax: +86 21/62 20 00 68
Tel./Fax: +55 (0)47/473 58 33
Telefon: +55 (0)11/745 90 60 Mobil: +55 (0)47 974 66 45
+55 (0)11/745 90 70 e-mail: prochnow@zaz.com.br
Telefax: +55 (0)11/745 90 50
e-mail: awittwer@rexroth.com.br

China SALES Service China SALES Service Hongkong SALES Service India SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth (China) Ldt. Mannesmann Rexroth (China) Ldt. Rexroth (China) Ldt. Mannesmann Rexroth (India) Ltd.
15/F China World Trade Center A-5F., 123 Lian Shan Street 1/F., 19 Cheung Shun Street Rexroth Indramat Division
1, Jianguomenwai Avenue Sha He Kou District Cheung Sha Wan, Plot. 96, Phase III
PRC - Beijing 100004 PRC - Dalian 116 023 Kowloon, Hongkong Peenya Industrial Area
IND - Bangalore - 560058
Telefon: +86 10/65 05 03 80 Telefon: +86 411/46 78 930 Telefon: +852 22 62 51 00
Telefax: +86 10/65 05 03 79 Telefax: +86 411/46 78 932 Telefax: +852 27 44 02 78 Telefon: +91 (0)80/8 39 73 74
Telefax: +91 (0)80/8 39 43 45

India SALES Service Indonesia SALES Service Japan SALES Service Japan SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth (India) Ltd. PT. Rexroth Wijayakusuma Rexroth Automation Co., Ltd. Rexroth Automation Co., Ltd.
Rexroth Indramat Division Jl. Raya Bekasi Km 21 Service Center Japan Rexroth Indramat Division
Plot. A-58, TTC Industrial Area Pulogadung Yutakagaoka 1810, Meito-ku, 1F, I.R. Building
Thane Turbhe Midc Road RI - Jakarta Timur 13920 NAGOYA 465-0035, Japan Nakamachidai 4-26-44, Tsuzuki-ku
Mahape Village YOKOHAMA 224-0041, Japan
Telefon: +62 21/4 61 04 87 Telefon: +81 (0)52/777 88 41
IND - Navi Mumbai - 400 701
+62 21/4 61 04 88 +81 (0)52/777 88 53 Telefon: +81 (0)45/942 72 10
Telefon: +91 (0)22/7 61 46 22 Telefax: +62 21/4 60 01 52 +81 (0)52/777 88 79 Telefax: +81 (0)45/942 03 41
Telefax: +91 (0)22/7 68 15 31 Telefax: +81 (0)52/777 89 01

Mexico SALES Service Korea SALES Service Korea SALES Service South Africa SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth Mexico S.A. Mannesmann Rexroth-Seki Co Ltd. Seo Chang Corporation Ltd. TECTRA Automation (Pty) Ltd.
de C.V. 1500-12 Da-Dae-Dong Room 903, Jeail Building 28 Banfield Road,Industria North
Calle Neptuno 72 ROK - Saha-Ku, Pusan, 604-050 44-35 Yeouido-Dong RSA - Maraisburg 1700
Unidad Ind. Vallejo Yeoungdeungpo-Ku
Telefon: +82 (0)51/2 60 06 18 Telefon: +27 (0)11/673 20 80
MEX - 07700 Mexico, D.F. C.P.O.Box 97 56
Telefax: +82 (0)51/2 60 06 19 Telefax: +27 (0)11/673 72 69
ROK - Seoul
Telefon: +52 5 754 17 11
+52 5 754 36 84 Telefon: +82 (0)2/7 80 82 08
+52 5 754 12 60 +82 (0)2/7 80 82 09
Telefax: +52 5 754 50 73 Telefax: +82 (0)2/7 84 54 08
+52 5 752 59 43
e-mail: gsoria@rexroth-mexico.com

Taiwan SALES Service

Rexroth Uchida Co., Ltd.


No.1, Tsu Chiang Street
Tu Cheng Ind. Estate
Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Telefon: +886 2/2 68 13 47
Telefax: +886 2/2 68 53 88

Kundenbetreuungsstellen außerhalb Europa - Service agencies outside Europe

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
4-4 Kundenbetreuungsstellen - Sales & Service Facilities RD52 Firmware

Außerhalb Europa / USA - outside Europe / USA


USA SALES Service USA SALES Service USA SALES Service USA SALES Service

Mannesmann Rexroth Corporation Mannesmann Rexroth Corporation Mannesmann Rexroth Corporation Mannesmann Rexroth Corporation
Rexroth Indramat Division Rexroth Indramat Division Rexroth Indramat Division Rexroth Indramat Division
5150 Prairie Stone Parkway Central Region Technical Center Southeastern Technical Center Northeastern Technical Center
USA -Hoffman Estates, IL 60192-3707 USA - Auburn Hills, MI 48326 3625 Swiftwater Park Drive 99 Rainbow Road
USA - Suwanee USA - East Granby,
Telefon: +1 847/6 45 36 00 Telefon: +1 248/3 93 33 30
Georgia 30174 Connecticut 06026
Telefax: +1 847/6 45 62 01 Telefax: +1 248/3 93 29 06
service@indramat.com Telefon: +1 770/9 32 32 00 Telefon: +1 860/8 44 83 77
+1 770/9 32 19 03 +1 860/8 44 85 95

USA SALES Service USA Service HOTLINE

Mannesmann Rexroth Corporation


Rexroth Indramat Division
+1-800-860-1055
Charlotte Regional Sales Office
14001 South Lakes Drive
USA - Charlotte, - 7 days / 24hrs -
North Carolina 28273
Telefon: +1 704/5 83 97 62
+1 704/5 83 14 86

Kundenbetreuungsstellen außerhalb Europa / USA


Service agencies outside Europe / USA

DOK-RD500*-RD52*04VRS*-FK01-EN-P
Function diagrams REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth
Contens Indramat

Overview ............................................................................................. Sheet 01 Position actual values, angular synchronous gearbox ........................ Sheet 28
Postion controller ................................................................................ Sheet 29
Unit control
Control word 1 ..................................................................................... Sheet 02 Defined functions
Status word 1 ...................................................................................... Sheet 03 Temperature evaluation for motor, inverter and rectifier ....................... Sheet 30
Control and status words 2 and 3 ........................................................ Sheet 04 Friction characteristic, dv/dt input ........................................................ Sheet 31
Unit control functions ........................................................................... Sheet 05 Dancer roll „Teach-in“ function ............................................................ Sheet 32
System constants ................................................................................ Sheet 06 Controllin a mechanical brake ............................................................. Sheet 33

Inputs, outputs Function modules


Digital inputs, digital outputs ................................................................ Sheet 07 Supplementary controller .................................................................... Sheet 34
Analog input (standard) ....................................................................... Sheet 08 Technology controller .......................................................................... Sheet 35
Input blocks ......................................................................................... Sheet 09 Function modules, group 1 .................................................................. Sheet 36
Analog output ...................................................................................... Sheet 10 Function modules, group 2 .................................................................. Sheet 37
Process data, standard interfaces ........................................................ Sheet 11 Function modules, group 3 .................................................................. Sheet 38
Process data, interface SI6 ................................................................. Sheet 12 Multi-function blocks ............................................................................ Sheet 39
Freely-programmable characteristic .................................................... Sheet 40
Rotary encoder evaluation Setpoint integral memory .................................................................... Sheet 41
Resolver evaluation ............................................................................. Sheet 13 Freely-programmable coder ................................................................ Sheet 42
Incremental encoder evaluation ........................................................... Sheet 14
Sin/cos&commutation - encoder evaluation ......................................... Sheet 15 Logic modules
Sin/cos-encoder evaluation ................................................................. Sheet 16 Comperators ....................................................................................... Sheet 43
Encoderless operation ......................................................................... Sheet 17 Logic gates .......................................................................................... Sheet 44
External encoder ................................................................................. Sheet 18 Logic gates (continued) ....................................................................... Sheet 45
Speed evaluation, bandstop ................................................................ Sheet 19 Timer elements .................................................................................... Sheet 46
Stepping controllers ............................................................................ Sheet 47
Speed controller and torque limiting
Setpoint generation ............................................................................. Sheet 20 Options
Ramp-function generator (RFG) .......................................................... Sheet 21 Process data, interface SI2 ................................................................. Sheet 48
Supplementary setpoints, setpoint limiting ........................................... Sheet 22 Process data, interface SI4 ................................................................. Sheet 49
Speed controller .................................................................................. Sheet 23 Analog inputs (extended control terminal strip) .................................... Sheet 50
Torque limiting ..................................................................................... Sheet 24 Synchronous Link SI7 (SynchroLink) ................................................... Sheet 51
Closed-loop motor control .................................................................... Sheet 25 Encoder card G1/G3............................................................................ Sheet 52
V/Hz characteristic (special operation) ................................................ Sheet 26
Flow diagrams
Position controller Control and status word diagram, drive converter ............................... Sheet 53
Position reference value memory ........................................................ Sheet 27 Control and status word diagram, inverter .......................................... Sheet 54
Function diagrams REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth
Legends Indramat

P254 Control parameters to changeover switches Control signal to changeover the motor parameter set; signal
generator, refer to Function Chart 5.
P210 Value parameters e.g. to enter percentage values, times,
normalization factors etc. The parameters in this documentation are Analog-Digital converter
always specified as three characters. When entering, a 0 must first
be entered, P210 -> P0210. This is valid for value parameters and
control parameters. Digital-Analog converter
P435.0 Parameter with index
The parameter number is located to the left of the point, and the in-
dex to the right. The point is only used as separator for parameter
³1 Or logic operation
number and index, and is not a decimal point!

D1855 Display or dispay parameters & And logic operation


D parameters can be connected as signal sources in variable para-
meter sources.
,  & '  32-bit displayparameter Threshold switch (comparator)
D parameters with a 32-bit resolution. Signal paths for 32-bit para-
meters have a double line.
Absolute value generation element
P217 Variable parameter source: The required D parameters are en-
D1805 tered as signal source in the variable parameter sources. The stan- -1 Inverter element for process values
dard values are entered in the function charts. If no entry is made,
then the standard setting D1700 and D1800 apply. Multiplier element
Example: If, for example, two process values (90% and 128%) are
:
multiplied, the following would be obtained: 0.9 x 1.28 = 1.152 =>
RFG Factory settings are those entries with gray background. Switch
115.2 %
Outp. settings are also schown in the factory setting. The factory setting
Amplifier
can be replaced ant any time by the customer-specific
parameterization.
S Q
/ 20.1 Target character "/ 20.1" on e.g. Sheet 20, Field 1 R-S flipflop
n-set Process value "n-set" with signal continuation R Q

Summing points D Q
If the sum is formed from a positive value, then only the negative D-latch
input at the summing point is designated with a (-). EN Q
Function diagrams REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth
Legends Indramat

Special case: fp > 8 kHz


t
Differentiating element
All of the function modules, which are identified with TA = 4 T 0 are processed in
8 T0.
t
Filter element, filter All of the function modules, which are identified with TA = 16 T0 are processed
in 32 T0.

Two-sided limiter (positive, negative)

% PI controller (proportionaler and integrale


controller component)
If the integral action time is set to 0 seconds, the
integral control component is disabled and a pure P
t
controller is obtained.
Kp = gain factor of the P controller
Kp Tn Tn = integral action time of the PI controller
P... P...

tA: 1 ms Processing cycle, sampling time

t A: 4 T0 / A1 Processing cycle is sub-divided into time sectors, which are


dependent on the selected pulse frequency.

Processing sequence within a time sector.

1 1
T0 = e.g. = 0,125 ms
pulse frequ. 8 kHz

tA = 4 T0 = 4 x 0,125 ms = 0,5 ms
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Overview Indramat

General information
Shutdown, overspeed
The RD52 series of units, offer, with their open and freely interconnectable function P395, according to system-specific safety criteria
chart structure, an extremely flexible system which can be adapted to the
requirements of the particular application. The application is parameterized using After this data has been entered, the drive is parameterized, and can be
the REFUwin Windows program or via the operator panel. commissioned, taking into account all of the relevant safety regulations.
In order to simplify the handling, the closed-loop speed control mode is pre-set
with standard values (factory setting). The controller structure, with the most The overload capability can be separately set for acceleration and braking up to
important parameters is shown in the block diagram. In this particular case, the 200% using the parameters for torque limits P367 (+) and P370 (-). If a higher
unit is controlled through the terminal strip and with an analog setpoint. The overload capability of the drive is required, current normalization P374 must be
alternative possibilities for control communications are indicated. The reference appropriately adapted.
to the detailed function chart (Sheet No.) is specified in the function blocks.
This means that it is easy to parameterize controller structures going beyond the The speed setpoint is transferred to the setpoint limiter n_max / n_min via a ramp-
standard setting. function generator with rounding-off and separately adjustable ramps. After the
setpoint/actual value comparison, the system deviation is evaluated in the speed
With the standard values, digital input DE4 is assigned the ON/OFF function and controller with PI characteristics, and fed to the torque limiter. The torque limits
DE5 is assigned the enable function; the setpoint is entered via analog input 1 can be separately set for acceleration and braking. The resulting torque setpoint
with 0 to ± 10 V. The analog value can be flexibly adapted using the following is converted into a current setpoint using the current normalization P374, and
normalization location, offset and smoothing. represents the “torque-generating current component” control quantity for the field-
orientated current controller. The “field-generating current components” are
generated in the current controller.

Procedure when parameterizing a drive The variable quantities are shown as a percentage, speed quantities are referred
to parameter P390 (speed normalization), current quantities are referred to
Entering motor data parameter P374 (current normalization).
Parameter P100: Induction/synchronous motor selection; additional data can be
taken from the rating plate or the manufacturer’s data
.
Entering the encoder data
P130, encoder type selection, pulse number

Current normalization
P374, e. g. the rated motor current is entered, IN corresponds to 100%

Speed normalization
P390, the motor speed for 100% is entered
P 1 0 0 : S M
P 1 0 7 : p o ln u m .
P 1 0 0 : A S M P 1 0 8 : M n
P 1 0 1 : n N P 1 1 0 : R S
P 1 0 2 : fN P 1 1 1 : L D
S e tp o in t R a m p fu n c tio n S e tp o in t S p e e d T o rq u e C u rre n t P 1 0 3 : IN P 1 1 2 : IN
g e n e r a tin g g e n e ra to r lim itin g c o n tr o lle r lim itin g n o r m a liz a tio n P 1 0 4 : U N P 1 1 3 : n N
K p T n A /1 0 0 %
P 1 0 6 : c o s ϕ
n _ m a x T - lim it ( + )
P 2 8 0 P 2 8 1 P 3 0 3 P 3 3 5 P 3 3 6 P 3 6 7 P 3 7 4 D C b u s
A n a lo g u e
S e tp o in t
G a in T im e is d *
In te rn a l 2 0 C u rre n t
fix t v a lu e is q * c o n tro l
n *
X
O p tio n fie ld b u s 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
2 5
g u id e C A N o p e n n Z* M Z * M Z *
c o m m u n ic a tio n In te rb u s S
P r o fib u s D P P 3 0 4 P 3 1 0 P 3 7 0
n _ m in
4 2

M o to r
X G 3 ~
T e r m in a l s tr ip
O N /O F F 2 3 T y p e p la te
P 2 4 V C o n tro lw o rd 0 2
E n a b le o p e r a tio n S ta tu s w o rd 0 3
D I4
E n c o d e r s e le c tio n
P 3 9 0 In c re m
D I5 P 1 3 0 :
e n t a l E n c o d .1 2
m in -1 / 1 0 0 % R e s o lv e r 1 1
D I/A 1 P 1 3 1 : R e s o lv e r
1 0 V /x x % p o le - n o s in e /c o s in E n c o d . 1 5
D I/A 2 U n it c o n tr o l S p e e d
L in k a g e la y e r n o r m a liz a tio n P 1 3 2 : In c re m e n t E R N E n c o d . 1 3
P 2 0 0 F lo w d ia g ra m 4 5 4 6
D I/A 3 s m o o th in g C o n tro l w o rd 0 2
O ffs e t P 2 0 4
P 2 0 2 S ta tu s w o rd 0 3

0 ... ± 1 0 V + + A n a lo g u e
- X F u n c tio n d ia g r a m
0 /4 ... 2 0 m A - S e tp o in t

A n a lo g u e
0 ... 1 0 V o u tp u t

F a u lt R e la y = S h e e t N o .o f th e d e ta ile d
X
fu n c tio n D ia g r a m
0 7 0 8 1 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 01
Overview Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Control word 1 Indramat

Generating the control word P73, switch setting 3:


Control word MS comes from the service interface RS232. Switch setting 3
The unit is controlled (open-loop) using the control word. The control word is intended for control operation via REFUwin, which sends its control
comprises 16 bits. Bits 0 to 7 are defined in accordance with the VDI/VDE Directives commands as PZD1.
3689. Bits 8 to 15 can only be set via the serial interface, and every bit can be
freely assigned a unit control function. The control word is generated by logically Note
combining the control word KL1) and the control word MS1). The control word In order to power-up the unit, in the operating status “Ready to power-
MS can be entered from four sources and selected via a switch. The switch is up”, the signal in bit 0 must change from 0 to 1. The fault
changed-over using parameter 73. acknowledgement (bit 7) is also only transferred when the signal changes
from 0 to 1.
P73, switch setting 0:
Control word MS is generated from a mask, in which bits 1 to 15 are
permanently specified. Only bit 0 can be set to 1 (ON command) or 0 (OFF1 Control word bit assignment
command) using the operator panel. Bits 0 to 7 of control word 1 (D1920) coincide with the functions specified in the
VDI/VDE Directives 3689:
P73, switch setting 1:
Control word MS1) comes from a variable parameter source. Only process Bit 0 = ON (L-> H edge) / OFF 1 (L active)
data associated with the serial interface can be used in the parameter source. Bit 1 = OFF 2, power disconnected (L active)
Thus, control word MS is entered via the interface. Bit 2 = OFF 3, fast stop (L active)
In this configuration, bits 8 to 15 can also be set via the serial interface, and Bit 3 = Operation enable (H active)
each bit can be freely assigned a unit control function. These become effective Bit 4 = RFG reset (L active)
in the unit by further inter-connecting parameters D1768 to D1775. Bit 5 = Ramp-up stop (L active)
Bit 6 = Setpoint enable (H active)
P73, switch setting 2: Bit 7 = Fault acknowledgement (L-> H edge)
Control word MS1) is generated from a mask, in which bits 0 to 15 are
permanently specified. The mask is assigned so that the unit is only controlled Bits 8 to 15 can only be entered via the control word from the serial interface. The
using control word KL1). functions for these bits can be freely configured.

Bits 0 to 7 of control word KL1) are permanently assigned control functions. In


order to control the unit via the terminal strip, the D parameters of the digital Note
inputs used must be connected to the variable parameter sources (P50.x). More detailed information about the control/status logic is available in
the control and status word flow diagram, function chart Sheets 44 and
45.

1) Control word KL: KL = terminal strip


Control word MS: MS = mask or interface
O N /O F F fro m o p e ra to r p a n e l P 7 3
C o n tro l w o rd M S 1 )
B it 1 5 8 7 0 D 1 9 2 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 0 B it 1 5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1

3
B it 0
&
S ta rt S Q
D 1 9 2 0
S to p Q 1 B it
R &
0 D 1 6 6 0
1 D 1 6 6 1
2 2
& D 1 6 6 2
3 D 1 6 6 3
P 7 4
3 4 D 1 6 6 4
D 1 9 0 0 &
C o n tro l w o rd fro m a s e r ia l in te r fa c e 5 D 1 6 6 5
6 D 1 6 6 6
4 7 D 1 6 6 7
&
O N /O F F fro m te r m in a l s tr ip o n ly P u s h b u tto n S 9 8 D 1 7 6 8
o n S R 1 7 0 0 2 9 D 1 7 6 9
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 0
& D 1 7 7 0
B it 1 5 8 7 0 1 1 D 1 7 7 1
D 2 0 3 0 1 2 D 1 7 7 2
6
S e r v ic e & 1 3
F a u lt a c k n o w le d g e D 1 7 7 3
in te r fa c e X 1 1 1 4
R S 2 3 2 C o n tro l w o rd fro m R E F U w in D 1 7 7 4
1 7 1 5 D 1 7 7 5
E s c ³ 1
C o n tro l w o rd 1
O p e ra to r p a n e l 8 ...1 5

D 1 9 2 7
B it 1 5 0
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C o n tro l w o rd K L 1 )
F a u lt a c k n o w le d g e
S e tp o in t e n a b le
P 5 0 .7
R F G - ra m p u p s to p
P 5 0 .6 D 1 7 0 0
R F G -R e s e t
P 5 0 .5 D 1 7 0 1
E n a b le o p e r a tio n
O ff 3 , fa s t s to p P 5 0 .4 D 1 7 0 1
P 5 0 .3 D 1 7 0 1
O ff 2 , v o lta g e d is c o n n e c t
P 5 0 .2 D 1 7 1 8
P 5 0 .1 D 1 7 0 1
O ff1 , O n P 5 0 .0 D 1 7 0 1
D 1 7 1 7

tA : 1 0 m s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 02
Control word 1 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Status word 1 Indramat

Note
More detailed information about the control/status logic is available in
the control and status word flow diagram, function chart Sheets 44
and 45.
D 1 7 4 5 D 1 7 4 3 D 1 7 4 1 D 1 7 3 9 D 1 7 3 7 D 1 7 3 5 D 1 7 3 3 D 1 7 3 1

D 1 7 4 4 D 1 7 4 2 D 1 7 4 0 D 1 7 3 8 D 1 7 3 6 D 1 7 3 4 D 1 7 3 2 D 1 7 3 0
D 1 9 2 2
S ta tu s w o rd 1
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

C o m m a n d v ia
s e r ia l In te r fa c e R e a d y to s w itc h - o n
R e a d y fo r o p e r a tio n
P 7 6 .1 4
D O p e r a tin g
F a ilu r e
P 7 6 .1 3
O F F 2 ( v o lta g e d is c o n n e c t)
D
O F F 3 (fa s t s to p )
P 7 6 .1 2 S w itc h - o n in h ib it
D
A la r m
P 7 6 .1 1 P a r a m e te r iz a tio n v ia S I ( R e m o te )
D

P 7 6 .1 0
D

P 7 6 .8
D

tA : 1 0 m s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 03
Status word 1 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Control and status words 2 und 3 Indramat
D 1 6 9 5 D 1 6 9 3 D 1 6 9 1 D 1 6 8 9 D 1 6 8 7 D 1 6 8 5 D 1 6 8 3 D 1 6 8 1

D 1 6 9 4 D 1 6 9 2 D 1 6 9 0 D 1 6 8 8 D 1 6 8 6 D 1 6 8 4 D 1 6 8 2 D 1 6 8 0
D 1 9 2 3
P 7 5 C o n tro l w o rd 2
D 1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
tA : 1 6 T 0 / D 6
P 8 4 .1 5
D

P 8 4 .0
D In d e x ra n g e 0 ...1 5

D 1 9 2 4
S ta tu s w o rd 2
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
tA : 1 6 T 0 / D 7

D 1 4 9 5 D 1 4 9 3 D 1 4 9 1 D 1 4 8 9 D 1 4 8 7 D 1 4 8 5 D 1 4 8 3 D 1 4 8 1

D 1 4 9 4 D 1 4 9 2 D 1 4 9 0 D 1 4 8 8 D 1 4 8 6 D 1 4 8 4 D 1 4 8 2 D 1 4 8 0
D 1 1 7 6
P 1 2 3 8 C o n tro l w o rd 3
D 1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
tA : 1 0 m s
P 1 2 3 9 .1 5
D

P 1 2 3 9 .0
D In d e x ra n g e 0 ...1 5

D 1 1 7 7
S ta tu s w o rd 3
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
tA : 1 0 m s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 04
Control and Status word 2 and 3 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Drive control signals Indramat

Changing-over the motor parameter set Selecting index parameters using the “Changeover motor
parameter set” control signal
For REFUdrive 500 converters, you can enter the data for two different motors. In
In the function charts, only the symbols of the “Changeover motor parameter set”
the standard setting, the same values are set for both motors and motor 0 is
control signal are used:
selected. All of the motor-specific data in the drive converter are changed-over
using the “Motor parameter set” control signal.
If the “Changeover motor parameter set” control signal has a value of 1, then
The “Motor parameter set” control signal has either a value of 0 or 1, and is set
appropriately, the index level 1 of all of the parameters specified above, is
using P70. The default value of P70 is D1700 (constant, logical 0). This selects
selected and become effective in the drive converter.
motor 0 with the associated data. To select motor 1, set D1701 in P70. You can
control the selection of motor 0 and 1 from a digital input. If, for example, you wish
to use digital input 3, then set D1716 in P70. If a low signal is now connected at
digital input 3, motor data 0 is selected; correspondingly, with a high signal, motor
data 1.
The changeover of “Parameter set” control signal is inhibited with the operating
enable. It is not possible to changeover the parameter set in operation.
All of the motor model data are re-calculated as a result of the changeover.
The following motor parameters have 2 index levels, and are involved with a motor
changeover:

P130 ... P133 Encoder data, function chart Sheet No. 11 - 15

P390, P395 Speed normalization and monitoring, function


chart Sheet No. 16

P367, P370, P373, P372 Torque limits


P374 Current normalization, function chart Sheet No. 20

P100...P129, P135...P148 Motor data and closed-loop motor control, function


chart Sheet No. 21
C h a n g e o v e r
D 1 6 7 2 m o to r p a ra m e te r s e t
P 7 0
D D Q tA : 5 0 m s
D 1 7 3 2
O p e r a tin g 1 E N Q

P 4 9 .
D E x te r n a l a la r m tA : 1 6 T 0 / D 1 2

t : 1 6 T 0 / D 1 3
A

P 4 8 .7
D E x te r n a l fa u lt 7

P 4 8 .0
D E x te r n a l fa u lt 0

P r io r itä t in s id e th e e x te r n a l fa u lt:
0 h ig h e s t
7 lo w e s t

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 05
Unit control functions Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Control constants Indramat

Selectable control constants


A direct numerical value, 0 ... 65536 is entered.
If possibly connected as process data, it is interpreted in the generally used %
normalization; in all other cases as numerical value.
100 % = 16384
199.99 % = 32767
- 199.99 % = 32768
- 100 % = 49152

Selectable process constants


% values are directly entered.
F ix e d c o n tr o l c o n s ta n t A d ju s ta b le c o n tr o l c o n s ta n t F ix e d p r o c e s s c o n s ta n t A d ju s ta b le p r o c e s s c o n s ta n t
n u m e r ic a l v a lu e 0 .. 6 5 5 3 5 In p u t in % - v a lu e
D 1 7 0 0 D 1 6 4 2 D 1 8 0 0 D 1 8 6 0

0 P 5 8 2 .0 0 % P 4 3 5 .0

D 1 7 0 1 D 1 6 4 3 D 2 0 0 0 D 1 8 6 1

1 P 5 8 2 .1 + 1 0 0 % P 4 3 5 .1

D 2 0 0 1 D 1 9 6 7

– 1 0 0 % P 4 3 5 .2

D 1 9 6 8

P 4 3 5 .3

D 1 9 6 9

P 4 3 5 .4

D 2 0 0 4

P 4 3 5 .5

D 2 0 0 5

P 4 3 5 .6

D 2 0 0 8

P 4 3 5 .7

D 2 0 0 9

P 4 3 5 .8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 06
System constants Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Digital inputs, digital outputs Indramat

Group display parameter D1799 The status (condition 0 or 1) of the 3 digital outputs and teh relay outputs can
be simultaneously displayed on the operator panel monitor using the group
The status (condition 0 or 1) of all digital inputs can be simultaneously display- display parameter D1798
ed on the operator panel monitor using the group display parameter D1799.
Example: The digital inputs are assigned typical functions. Example: The digital outputs are assigned typical functions.

Group display parameter D1798 D ig ita l o u tp u t R *)


3 2 1 D 1 7 9 8
* ) R e la y o u tp u t

D ig . in p u t 5 4 3 2 1 D 1 7 9 9 A c tu a ls ta tu s : 1 1 0 1

A c tu a l s ta tu s : 1 1 0 0 0

D 1 7 2 5 N o fa u lt
D 1 7 2 4 S p e e d < N - m in
D 1 7 2 3 M o to r te m p e r a tu r e a la r m
D 1 7 1 8 E n a b le o p e r a tio n
D 1 5 7 4 N o fa u lt
D 1 7 1 7 O N
D 1 7 1 6
D 1 7 1 5
D 1 7 1 4
D ig ita l in p u t 1 D 1 7 1 4 D 1 7 6 0 D ig ita l in p u t 4 D 1 7 1 7 D 1 7 6 3
X 1 4 .5 le v e l
le v e l
a d a p to r 1 a d a p to r 1
tA : 4 T 0 / A 1 tA : 4 T 0 / A 4
X 1 4 .2
P 4 7 1 P 4 6 1
D ig ita l o u tp u t 1 D 1 7 2 2 D ig ita l in p u t 5 D 1 7 1 8 D 1 7 6 4
1 1 1 P 4 6 0 X 1 4 .6
2 4 V o u tp u t le v e l
d r iv e r D 1 7 0 9 a d a p to r 1
0 0 tA : 4 T 0 / C 8
tA : 4 T 0 / A 5

D ig ita l in p u t 2 D 1 7 1 5 D 1 7 1 5 D 1 7 6 1
le v e l
a d a p to r 1
tA : 4 T 0 / A 2
X 1 4 .3
P 4 7 3 P 4 6 3
D ig ita l o u tp u t 2 D 1 7 2 3
1 1 1 P 4 6 2
2 4 V o u tp u t
d r iv e r D 1 7 3 0
0 0 tA : 4 T 0 / C 9

D ig ita l in p u t 3 D 1 7 1 6 D 1 7 6 2
le v e l
a d a p to r 1
tA : 4 T 0 / A 3

X 1 4 .4
P 4 7 5 P 4 6 5
D ig ita l o u tp u t 3 D 1 7 2 4
1 1 1 P 4 6 4
2 4 V o u tp u t
d r iv e r D 1 7 3 2
0 0 tA : 4 T 0 / 7 C 1 0

P 4 6 7
R e la y o u tp u t
D 1 7 2 5
P 4 6 6 1
1 X 1 6 .3
D
0
X 1 6 .1

X 1 6 .2 tA : 4 T 0 / C 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 07
Digital inputs, digital outputs Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Analog input Indramat
M o d e a n a lo g in p u t
0 ... ± 1 0 V P 2 0 1 = 0
+ 4 ...+ 2 0 m A P 2 0 1 = 1 P 2 0 1 P 5 6 4
0 ... + 2 0 m A P 2 0 1 = 2 F a u lt " I < 4 m A "
+ 2 ...+ 1 0 V P 2 0 1 = 3 3 2
2
1
1 A la r m "I < 4 m A "
0

tA : 1 0 m s / 1

P 2 0 3

N o r m a liz a tio n P 2 9 9 F ilte r tim e


L im tin g
A n a lo g in p u t 1 O ffs e t 4
P 2 0 0 "I < 4 m A " D P 2 0 4
X 1 4 .9 a c tiv P 2 0 2 3 P 2 9 7
-1
0 ,2 m s ± 1 1 B it D 1 8 0 7 D 1 8 0 1
+ 2 0 % 3 2 1
x % -1 -1 % + %
0
1 2 3 - 2 0 2
t 1 6 1 t
1 0 V -%
0 1 0

0
1 5 0 Ω
- tA : T / 1 / A 6
0 tA : 4 T 0
X 1 4 .1 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 08
Analog input (standard) Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Input blocks Indramat

Input blocks
The firmware has three input blocks to condition the process value signals. If the
option is used (extended terminal strip), an input block is preferably used to
condition analog input D1806.
In p u t b lo c k 1

P 2 0 7 F ilte r tim e
N o r m a liz a tio n O ffs e t
P 2 0 5 P 2 0 8
P 2 0 6 3
-1
D 1 8 0 2
P 2 1 7 2
-1
D X tA : 4 T 0 / A 7
t
1

In p u t b lo c k 2

P 2 1 1 F ilte r tim e
N o r m a liz a tio n O ffs e t
P 2 0 9 P 2 1 2
P 2 1 0 3
-1
D 1 8 0 3
P 2 1 8 2
-1
D X tA : 4 T 0 / A 8
t
1

In p u t b lo c k 3

P 2 1 5 F ilte r tim e
N o r m a liz a tio n O ffs e t
P 2 1 6
P 2 1 3 P 2 1 4 3
-1
D 1 8 0 4
P 2 1 9 2
-1
D 1 8 5 1 X tA : 4 T 0 / A 9
t
1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 09
Input blocks Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Analog output Indramat

Output blocks
The firmware contains 2 output blocks for signal conditioning, which are processed
in the 16T0 time sector. These are preferably used to condition signals for the
analog outputs, option RZP01.1-T1 (extended control terminal strip, KL17037).

Note
The outputs of output blocks 2 and 3, D1120 and D1121 must be
switched to the extended control terminal strip KL17037 via the process
data interface, refer to function chart 49, “Process data interface SI4”.

If an output block is not used for an additional analog output, it can be


used to process signals of other process values.

Analog output normalization


100.00 % = 10 V at the analog output
A n a lo g o u tp u t P 4 3 6
P 4 3 4
D 1 8 0 4 1 0 m s
2
- 1 0 V R e fe re n c e 1
X 1 4 .8
t
+ 1 0 V R e fe re n c e 0

X 1 4 .1 0

tA : 1 m s
O u tp u t b lo c k 2
P 7 4 1 .0
O ffs e t
P 7 4 3 .0
3
P 7 4 2 .0 P 7 4 4 .0 D 1 1 2 0
-1

P 7 4 0 .0 2 2 0 %
-1
1 6
D 2 0 1

1 0

0 tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 1 0

O u tp u t b lo c k 3
P 7 4 1 .1
O ffs e t
P 7 4 3 .1
3
P 7 4 2 .1 P 7 4 4 .1 D 1 1 2 1
-1

P 7 4 0 .1 2 2 0 %
-1
1 6
D 2 0 1

1 0

0 tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 10
Analog output Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Process data standard interface Indramat

Service interface definition


The service interface is the standard serial RS232 interface integrated in the drive
converter (X11 on the SR 17002).

Processing the process data of the service interface


The process data, received via the service interface, are converted into display
parameters in the drive converter. These can be connected to the variable
parameter sources for controlling the unit.

SI1 definition
SI1 is the standard RS485 serial interface integrated in the drive converter (X12
on SR 17002).

Processing the process data SI1


The process data, received via the SI1 are converted into display parameters in
the drive converter. They can be freely connected to the variable parameter sources
to control the unit.
The drive converter sends its actual values as process data via the SI1, by
connecting D parameters to the variable parameter sources for output SI1.

When operating REFUwin via the SI1 with RS232 -> RS485 interface converter
with automatic three-state control, we recommend that the standard
parameterization is used. This guarantees that the status and actual value display
operates correctly in the “Operator control and visualization” menu.
D 2 0 3 0 S ta tu s w o rd D 1 9 2 2
P D 1 P D 1

D 2 0 3 1 A c tu a l s p e e d D 1 8 5 1
P D 2 P D 2

D 2 0 3 2 O u tp u t v o lta g e D 0 0 1 3
In p u t s e r v ic e in te r fa c e R S 2 3 2 P D 3 P D 3 O u tp u t s e r v ic e in te r fa c e R S 2 3 2
6 D 0 0 1 4 6
X 1 1 S e r v ic e D 2 0 3 3 O u tp u t c u rre n t S e r v ic e X 1 1
in te r fa c e in te r fa c e
P D 4 P D 4

D 2 0 3 4 O u tp . a c tiv e c u r r e n t D 0 0 1 5
P D 5 P D 5

D 2 0 3 5 D C lin k c u r r e n t D 0 0 1 7
in te r r u p t P D 6 P D 6

D 1 9 0 0
P 4 7 0 .0
P D 1 P D 1
S ta tu s w o rd D 1 9 2 2
D 1 9 0 1
P 4 7 0 .1
P D 2 P D 2
A c tu a l s p e e d D 1 8 5 1
D 1 9 0 2
P 4 7 0 .2
In p u t s ta n d a r d in te r fa c e R S 4 8 5 P D 3 P D 3 O u tp u t S I1
O u tp u t v o lta g e D 0 0 1 3
6 6
X 1 2 S I1 D 1 9 0 3 S I1 X 1 2
P 4 7 0 .3
P D 4 P D 4
O u tp u t c u rre n t D 0 0 1 4
D 1 9 0 4
P 4 7 0 .4
P D 5 P D 5
O u tp . a c tiv e c u r r e n t D 0 0 1 5
D 1 9 0 5
in te r r u p t P 4 7 0 .5 in te r r u p t
P D 6 P D 6
D C lin k c u r r e n t D 0 0 1 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 11
Process data, stadard interfaces Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Process data interface SI6 Indramat

Process data interface SI6 (CANpur)


P1275 SI6 Rx monitoring time (units, 0.01 sec)
The SR17002 module has at connector X13 a CAN interface, which can couple 2
RD500 units. This standard CAN interface is exclusively used for process data P1276 Source parameter for switch: Rx monitoring off
transfer. Up to 12 process data can be sent and received. A CAN protocol contains
4 process data so that 3 send and 3 receive protocols (identifiers) can be
configured. The circulating rate of the send protocols can be specified in a time
grid of 1 msec, whereby the shortest circulating rate of 3 protocols is 4 msec. If
only 2 send protocols are active, the shortest circulating rate is 2 msec, and if only
one protocol is active, 1 msec.

P1270 Baud rate, standard CAN (125 kbaud .... 1 Mbaud)

P1271 [0...2] Identifier, send protocols


Index 0: PZD 1...4
Index 1: PZD 5...8
Index 2: PZD 19...12

P1272 [0...2] Identifier, receive protocols


Index 0: PZD 1...4
Index 1: PZD 5...8
Index 2: PZD 19...12

P1273 [0...2] Clock rate, send protocols (units, 1 msec)


Special functions: 0 = cyclic data not sent,
protocol not active
254 = sender starts after
receive protocol
255 = reserved
Index 0: PZD 1...4
Index 1: PZD 5...8
Index 2: PZD 19...12
P1274 SI& Rx monitoring function [interface&Rx]
0 = no action
1 = warning
2 = fault
D 1 1 6 0
In te r fa c e S I6 (c o n n e c to r X 1 3 a t S R 1 7 0 0 2 ) P 4 9 4 .0
P D 1 S ta tu s w o rd D 1 9 2 2 P D 1
D 1 1 6 1
P 4 9 4 .1
P D 2 A c tu a l s p e e d D 1 8 5 1 P D 2
D 1 1 6 2
P 4 9 4 .2
P D 3 D P D 3
D 1 1 6 3
P 4 9 4 .3
P D 4 D P D 4
D 1 1 6 4
P 4 9 4 .4
P D 5 D P D 5
n 1 2 1 2 n
In p u ts S I6 D 1 1 6 5 S I6 O u tp u ts
X 1 3 P 4 9 4 .5 X 1 3
P D 6 D P D 6
P ro c e s s d a ta P ro c e s s d a ta
in te r fa c e D 1 1 6 6 in te r fa c e
P 4 9 4 .6
P D 7 D P D 7
D 1 1 6 7
P 4 9 4 .7
t : 1 m s P D 8 D P D 8
A
t : 4 m s
D 1 1 6 8 A
P 4 9 4 .8
P D 9 D P D 9
D 1 1 6 9
P 4 9 4 .9
P D 1 0 D P D 1 0
D 1 1 7 0
P 4 9 4 .1 0
P D 1 1 D P D 1 1

D 1 1 7 1
P 4 9 4 .1 1
P D 1 2
P D 1 2 D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 12
Process data, interface SI6 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Resolver evaluation Indramat

Note
The standard resolver adjustment is for Siemens 1FT6 motors. For other
adjustments, this can be corrected using P133.
D 1 0 7 8 / D 1 8 9 0 N o r m a liz a tio n :
E n c o d e r s e le c tio n : R e s o lv e r
3 6 0 ° = 0 ,0 0 %
P 1 3 0 = 0

2 7 0 ° = -1 0 0 ,0 0 % 9 0 ° = 1 0 0 .0 0 %

1 8 0 ° = -2 0 0 ,0 0 % 1 7 9 ,9 9 ° = 1 9 9 ,9 9 %

1 ) R e s o lv e r p o le n u m b e r
P 6 3 5 M e c h a n ic a l
a n g le
P 6 3 3 1 ) P 1 3 1 .0
D 1 0 8 6 D 1 0 8 7 P 7 7 9 D 1 8 9 0
± 1 1 B it R e s o lv e r a n g le 0
s in s in
X s in 2 / 1 6 .1
c o s c o s a rc ta n
X c o s P 1 3 1 .x
-1 1

P 6 3 4 1 )
C o r r e c tio n o f th e
P 6 3 6 1 ) M o to r p o le p a ir n u m b e r s e n s o r a d ju s tm e n t
E le c tic a l
a n g le
P 1 1 4 .0 P 1 3 3 .0 1 )
D 1 0 7 8

D 1 0 8 9 + 3 0 °
s in ² + c o s ²
2 16 A la r m / F a u lt " R e s o lv e r "

M in . r e s o lv e r
a b s o lu e v a lu e

1 ) T h is p a r a m e te r s a r m o d ifie d b y th e e n c o d e r o p tim iz e ( P 0 1 8 9 = 3 ) . tA : T 0 / 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 13
Resolver evaluation Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Incremental encoder evaluation Indramat
D 1 0 7 8 / D 1 8 9 0 N o r m a liz a tio n :
E n c o d e r s e le c tio n : In c r e m e n ta l e n c o d e r
P 1 3 0 = 1 : 3 6 0 ° = 0 ,0 0 %

2 7 0 ° = -1 0 0 ,0 0 % 9 0 ° = 1 0 0 .0 0 %

1 8 0 ° = -2 0 0 ,0 0 % 1 7 9 ,9 9 ° = 1 9 9 ,9 9 %

E n c o d e r r e s o lu tio n

M e c h a n ic a l
P 1 3 2 .0 a n g le
P 7 7 9 D 1 8 9 0
0
T ra c k A
U p / D o w n -C o u n te r 2 32 / 1 6 .1
T ra c k B
w ith 4 - fo ld e v a lu a tio n 4 x [P 1 3 2 ]
T ra c k R -1 1

C o r r e c tio n o f th e
M o to r p o le p a ir n u m b e r s e n s o r a d ju s tm e n t
E le c tic a l
P 1 1 4 .0 P 1 3 3 .0 a n g le
D 1 0 7 8

In d e x p u ls e
D 1 6 9 6

tA : T 0 / 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 14
Incremental encoder evaluation Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Sin/cos&commutation - encoder evaluation Indramat

Note
The standard ERN1387 encoder adjustment refers to Siemens 1FT6
motors. For other adjustments, this can be corrected using P133.
D 1 0 7 8 / D 1 8 9 0 N o r m a liz a tio n :
E n c o d e r s e le c tio n : s in /c o s - e n c o d e r w ith c o m m u ta tin g - s ig n a l
( e .g . H e id e n h a in , E R N 1 3 8 7 , ...) 3 6 0 ° = 0 ,0 0 %

C ro a s e 2 7 0 ° = -1 0 0 ,0 0 % 9 0 ° = 1 0 0 .0 0 %
e v a lu a tio n

E n c o d e r r e s o lu tio n 1 8 0 ° = -2 0 0 ,0 0 % 1 7 9 ,9 9 ° = 1 9 9 ,9 9 %

P 1 3 2 .0
P 6 3 5 1 )
M e c h a n ic a l
P 6 3 3 1 ) a n g le
s in
D 1 0 8 6 D 1 0 8 7 a rc ta n P 7 7 9 D 1 8 9 0
c o s
± 1 1 B it 0
T ra c k A s in / 1 6 .1
X F in e A n g le
T ra c k B c o s e v a lu a tio n c a lc u la tio n
X
T ra c k C -1 1
T ra c k D
T ra c k R P 6 3 4 1 )
C o r r e c tio n o f th e
P 6 3 6 1 ) s e n s o r a d ju s tm e n t
M o to r p o le p a ir n u m b e r
E le c tic a l
P 1 1 4 .0 P 1 3 3 .0 1 ) a n g le
C a lc u la tio n o f th e a s o lu te p o s itio n D 1 0 7 8
± 1 1 B it d u r in g th e d e v ic e in itia lis a tio n
X
a rc ta n

-1 1 5 °

In d e x p u ls e
D 1 6 9 6

1 ) T h is p a r a m e te r s a r m o d ifie d b y th e e n c o d e r o p tim iz e ( P 0 1 8 9 = 3 ) . tA : T 0 / 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 15
Sin/cos&commutation - encoder evaluation Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Sin/cos-endocer evaluation Indramat
D 1 0 7 8 / D 1 8 9 0 N o r m a liz a tio n :
E n c o d e r s e le c tio n : s in /c o s - e n c o d e r w ith o u t c o m m u ta tin g - s ig n a l
P 0 1 3 0 = 3 3 6 0 ° = 0 ,0 0 %

2 7 0 ° = -1 0 0 ,0 0 % 9 0 ° = 1 0 0 .0 0 %

C ro a s e
e v a lu a tio n E n c o d e r r e s o lu tio n 1 8 0 ° = -2 0 0 ,0 0 % 1 7 9 ,9 9 ° = 1 9 9 ,9 9 %

P 1 3 2 .0
P 6 3 5 1 )
M e c h a n ic a l
P 6 3 3 1 ) s in a n g le
D 1 0 8 6 D 1 0 8 7 a rc ta n P 7 7 9 D 1 8 9 0
± 1 1 B it c o s 0
T ra c k A s in / 1 6 .1
X F in e A n g le
T ra c k B c o s e v a lu a tio n c a lc u la tio n
X
T ra c k R -1 1

P 6 3 4 1 )
C o r r e c tio n o f th e
P 6 3 6 1 ) M o to r p o le p a ir n u m b e r s e n s o r a d ju s tm e n t
E le c tic a l
P 1 1 4 .0 P 1 3 3 .0 1 ) a n g le
D 1 0 7 8

In d e x p u ls e
D 1 6 9 6

1 ) T h is p a r a m e te r s a r m o d ifie d b y th e e n c o d e r o p tim iz e ( P 0 1 8 9 = 3 ) . tA : T 0 / 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 16
Sin/cos encoder evaluation Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Encoderless operation Indramat

For encoderless operation, the structure of the complete control (closed-loop) is at the selected values. The setting is realized exclusively via P774. This specifies
kept. Speed estimation replaces speed measurements using an encoder. The the identification controller gain to estimate the pole wheel angle.
speed estimation function includes a monitor, based on a model of an induction or 3. Change P774 (Kp speed estimation) until the speed estimation function runs
synchronous motor. This monitor uses motor currents and fluxes to predict the correctly. The speed signal under no-load conditions should not exhibit any
current at the next closed-loop control clock cycle. The deviations between the significant oscillations
measured and predicted currents are fed to an identification controller, which
defines the speed. The identification controller (PI controller) is set using P774 A starting routine is executed in the standard setting where a fixed frequency
and P775. The monitor is adjusted using P773. The parameters are available for (P770) and a specified current (P769) is impressed in the synchronous motor.
every motor parameter set. (index 0 and 1). P771 and P772 must be set to 0 s if a starting routine is not required.

Commissioning induction motors


1. General settings:
Conservatively set the speed controller (P335, P336), do not use excessively
S ta r t-u p r o u tin e fo r s e n s o r le s s s y n c h r o n o u s m a c h in e
fast up and down ramps (P280, P282).
P147 (current controller), set the dynamic performance to “extremely high”. In h ib it in v e r te r
S p e e d e s tim a to r = 0 R e a d y
P148 = 100 % S e t tim e r = 0

P149 = 0 E n a b le o p e r a tio n X X X X 1 1 1 1

Set Tn of the speed controller (P336/P338) to a value ³ÿ5 x P775. C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0


M a g n e tiz a tio n
2. Enter a start value:
P774 Kp speed estimation 3%
P775 Tn speed estimation 10 ms S e e k s p e e d N o r m a l r o u tin e w ith s e n s o r
P773 k speed monitor 1.0 R u n tim e r ( P 7 7 1 ) o r
In h ib it s p e e d c o n tr o lle r s e n s o r le s s a s y n c h r o n o u s
S u p p ly v o lta g e U s d = U s q = 0
3. Change P774 (Kp speed estimation) until the speed estimation function (s h o r t c ir c u it a t th e m o to r) m a c h in e
S p e e d e s tim a to r a c tiv e
operates correctly. The speed signal under no-load conditions should not exhibit
R u n m o to r S e c tio n 1 D C c u r r e n t S ta t- u p tim e P 7 7 1 o v e r
any higher oscillations (test with approx. 0.2 .. 0.5 of the rated speed).
S e t tim e r = 0
In h ib it s p e e d c o n tr o lle r N o Y e s
4. Change P775 (Tn speed estimation), until speed changes are cleanly sensed. S u p p ly s ta r t-u p c u rre n t P 7 6 9
S e t s ta rt-u p s p e e d n set = 0
5. If required, modify P773 (k speed monitor), between 0.5 and 1.5 until stable R u n tim e r P 7 7 2 E s im a te d s p e e d
> 1 0 % o f th e ra te d s p e e d
S ta r t- u p tim e P 7 7 2 o v e r
operation is possible, otherwise keep the standard value of 1.0.
R u n m o to r S e c tio n 2 r o ta tin g fie ld
Commissioning synchronous motors S e t tim e r = 0 S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
In h ib it s p e e d c o n tr o lle r
S u p p ly s ta r t-u p c u rre n t P 7 6 9 O p e r a tin g X 0 1 1 0 1 1 1
1. General settings: S e t s ta rt-u p s p e e d P 7 7 0 S ta r t- u p tim e P 7 7 2 o v e r
Conservatively set the speed controller, do not use excessively fast up and R u n tim e r P 7 7 2 S p e e d c o n tr o lle r is e n a b le d ,
s e n s o r le s s o p e r a tin g
down ramps.
Set P147 (current controller) set the dynamic performance to “extremely high”.
2. Enter a starting value:
P774 Kp speed estimation 3%
P775 and P773 are of no significance for synchronous motors, and can be left
D 1 0 7 8 / D 1 8 9 0 N o r m a liz a tio n :
3 6 0 ° = 0 ,0 0 %

2 7 0 ° = -1 0 0 ,0 0 % 9 0 ° = 1 0 0 .0 0 %

1 8 0 ° = -2 0 0 ,0 0 % 1 7 9 ,9 9 ° = 1 9 9 ,9 9 %
S e le c t " e n c o d e r le s s o p e r a tio n " :
P 1 3 0 = 4 M o to r m o d e l a d ju s tm e n t
P 7 7 4 .0 P 7 7 5 .0
U 2 V 2 W 2 P 7 7 3 .0 G a in T im e M e c h a n ic a l
a n g le
% P 7 7 9 D 1 8 9 0
is u 0
/ 1 6 .1
MM oo tt oo rr m m o o d d e e l l l
is v 1
-1
t

S p e e d c a lc u la tio n
M o to r U s d U s q
3 ~ M o to r p o le p a ir n u m b e r
E le c tic a l
P 1 1 4 .0 a n g le
D 1 0 7 8

tA : T 0 / 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheed No. 17
Encoderless operation Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Externel encoder Indramat

The “External encoder” setting is provided for the


following functions:
1. Encoder evaluation via the RZP01.1-G2 option card:
The option G2 determines the encoder angle on the first two processor channels
from SI2 and SI4. P0145 is connected to the first process channel, i.e. if the
RZP01.1-G2 encoder card is inserted in module location 1, P0145 =1910 is
correct; if the RZP01.1-G2 encoder card is inserted at module location 2, P0145
= 1100.

2. Encoder evaluation via SynchroLink:


The SynchroLink option transfers the encoder angle of an adjacent unit. In this
case, we recommend the first process channel of the SynchroLink, i.e. P0145
= D1130.
D 1 0 7 8 / D 1 8 9 0 N o r m a liz a tio n :

3 6 0 ° = 0 ,0 0 %
E n c o d e r s e le c tio n : e x te r n a l e n c o d e r
(P 1 3 0 = 5 )
2 7 0 ° = -1 0 0 ,0 0 % 9 0 ° = 1 0 0 .0 0 %

1 8 0 ° = -2 0 0 ,0 0 % 1 7 9 ,9 9 ° = 1 9 9 ,9 9 %

M e c h a n ic a l
a n g le
P 7 7 9 D 1 8 9 0
P 1 4 5 0
/ 1 6 .1

-1 1

S p e e d c a lc u la tio n
M o to r p o le p a ir n u m b e r
E le c tic a l
P 1 1 4 .0 a n g le
D 1 0 7 8

tA : T 0 / 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 18
External encoder Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Speed evaluation, bandstop Indramat

Switching diagrams of the comparators

D 1 7 0 9 D 1 7 1 0

1 1

0 D 1 8 9 7 0 D 1 8 9 7

P 3 9 2 P 3 9 4
P 3 9 2 + P 3 9 1 P 3 9 4 + P 3 9 3
N o r m a liz a tio n
M e c h a n ic a l 1 0 0 % = P 3 9 0 (rp m )
a n g le / 2 0 .1
D 1 8 9 0 P 3 9 0 .0
D 1 8 7 3
tA : T 0 / 4
S p e e d S p e e d f/b
c a lc u la tio n
X

H y s te r e s is
0 ....1 0 0 %
P 3 9 1
D 1 8 9 7
D 1 7 0 9 D 1 7 4 6
n < n - m in tA : 4 T 0 / B 1 6
1
n - m in P 3 9 2 S ta n d s till s ig n a l
0 ...1 2 0 %
H y s te r e s is
0 ....1 0 0 %
P 3 9 3
D 1 7 1 0 D 1 7 4 7
n < n -x
1
n -x P 3 9 4
0 ...1 2 0 %

D 1 7 1 1

F a u lt " O v e r s p e e d "
P 3 9 5 .0
rp m

f: 0 ...1 0 0 0 ,0 H z Q : 0 ,1 ...1 0 ,0
P 3 0 8 P 3 0 9

%
D 1 8 4 1
P 3 0 6
D

tA : T 0 / 5
f

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 19
Speed evaluation, bandstop Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Setpoint generation Indramat
O ff 1 D 1 6 6 0

F a s t s to p D 1 6 6 2

E n a b le S e tp o in t D 1 6 6 6
&
O p e r a tin g D 1 7 3 2

In c h in g 3 P 6 9 4
In c h in g 2 P 2 7 0 P 6 7
In c h in g 1 D 1 7 0 1 E n d s to p r ig h t
V -b a s e O N P 2 7 4 D D
V -s e t O N P 2 7 3 D
P 2 7 2 D
P 5 7 1 D
D 1 7 0 1 P 2 6 9
D 1
P 2 6 4 P 2 6 8 D 1 8 8 0
M a in s e tp o in t P 2 6 7 1 D 1 8 3 3
D P 2 6 6 1 -1 0
1 P 2 7 5 1
/ 1 8 .1
D 1 8 3 2 1 0
D 1 8 8 0 0 R F G In p u t
P 2 6 5 1 1 0 0
P 2 6 3 1 0 0
D 1 8 0 1 0 0
0 % 0 0 % 1
A n a lo g
In p u t 1

P 6 9 5
D 1 7 0 1 E n d s to p le ft

tA : 4 T 0 / A 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 20
Setpoint generation Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Ramp-function generator (RFG) Indramat

S e tp o in t
Ramp-function generator (RFG) o u tp u t R F G
Ramp-up time and ramp-down time: When defining the ramp-up and ramp-
down time, any selected rounding-off times are not taken into account. 1 0 0 %
S e tp o in t
The ramp-up time is the time which the RFG output requires to move from 0% to
100% and for the ramp-down time, appropriately from 100% to 0%.
If there is rounding-off, the ramp-up and ramp-down time is obtained by extending
the linear portion of the characteristic up to the 0% and 100% intersection points,
refer to the adjacent drawing.

Rounding-off UP and DOWN: The rounding-off is defined as the time in which


the output quantity, starting from a constant initial value, reaches the maximum
acceleration value (phase 1). The rounding-off is also defined as the time in which
the output quantity, starting from its maximum acceleration, reaches a constant
final value (phase 3). 0 % t
R a m p -d o w n
The ramp-up operation with rounding-off is sub-divided into three phases: R a m p - u p tim e 1 ( P 2 8 0 ) tim e 1 ( P 2 8 1 )

Phase 1: R o u n d d o w n 1 (P 2 8 3 )
R o u n d u p 1 (P 2 8 2 )
When the setpoint is increased, in the first phase the acceleration is increased
proportional to time. In this rounding-off phase, the ramp-function generator
output increases as the square of the time.
A c c e le r a to r
Phase 2:
After the maximum acceleration has been reached, corresponding to the
entered ramp-up time, acceleration remains constant. The ramp-function
0
generator output increases linearly with time.

Phase 3:
In the third phase, acceleration is reduced linearly with time. In this rounding-
off phase, the ramp-function generator output approaches the final value as P h a s e 1 P h a s e 2 P h a s e 3 1 2 3 t
the square of the time (setpoint). The ramp-down operation behaves
essentially the same as previously described.
/ 2 .8 P 5 7 7
D 1 6 6 2 F a s t s to p h a s p r io r ity o v e r R F G 1 / 2
D
F a s t s to p ≥1 R F G fa s t s to p
1
P 2 8 8 P 2 8 9 P 2 9 0 P 2 9 1
R F G 2
T = 1 m s P 2 9 4
V
P 2 7 1 P 2 8 0 .1 P 2 8 1 .1 P 2 8 2 .1 P 2 8 3 .1 D
D 1 R F G 1 ³ 1
t R Q
S e le c t R F G 1 / 2 P 2 8 0 .0 P 2 8 1 .0 P 2 8 2 .0 P 2 8 3 .0
P 2 9 2
S Q
1

0
D 1 7 0 4

R a m p
U P
R a m p
D O W N
R o u n d .
U P
R o u n d .
D O W N
S ta r t v a lu e a t U p D 1 7 0 5
P 2 6 2 D 1 7 0 6
D 1 8 3 3 " E n a b le R F G " % D o w n D 1 8 3 4
D 1 8 5 1 R F G
/ 1 7 .8 S e tp o in t re a c h e d
R F G in p u t
R F G o u tp u t
P 2 4 9
D 1 6 6 5 R F G M o d e t d v / d t *)
P 2 9 3
/ 2 .8 R a m p u p s to p D 1 8 3 5
1
D 1 7 2 7 X
P 2 9 6 .0
D ≥1
R a m p u p s to p
P 2 9 6 .1 * ) D e fin itio n :
D 1 7 2 9 A r a m p u p tim e o f 1 0 s e c o n d s
S e tp o in t lim ite r a c tiv e r e s u lts a d v /d t s ig n a l o f 1 0 0 % .
D 1 7 8 1
P 6 0 5
D
R F G p a r k in g
D 1 6 6 4
/ 2 .8 R F G re s e t R F G R e s e t D 1 7 2 8
1 R F G R e s e t
≥1
P 5 7 2 1
F ie ld c u r r e n t r e a c h e d D 1 7 5 6 P 5 7 3 D 1 7 0 1
D &
O p e r a tin g D 1 7 3 2 ≥1 E n a b le R F G
/3 .5 &
tA : 4 T 0 / A 1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 21
Ramp-function generator (RFG) Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Ramp-function generation Indramat

Ramp-up and ramp-down with direction of rotation RFG mode “speed direction”: P249 = 1:
For absolute setpoint increases, the RFG UP times are effective, for absolute
reversal setpoint decreases, the RFG DOWN times are effective.
RFG mode “M direction”: P249 = 0: S e tp o in t
For arithmetical positive setpoint changes, the RFG UP times are effective, for R F G o u tp u t
arithmetic negative setpoint changes, the RFG DOWN times are effective.
5 0 %

S e tp o in t
R F G o u tp u t

5 0 %
D r iv e d ir e c tio n r e v e r s a l
0 %

D r iv e d ir e c tio n r e v e r s a l
0 %
-5 0 %
t
R a m p - d o w n tim e R a m p - u p tim e R a m p - d o w n tim e R a m p - u p tim e

-5 0 %
t Ramp-up stop (1727)
R a m p - u p tim e R a m p - d o w n tim e The “Ramp-up stop” command holds the actual value at the ramp-function
generator output, i.e. it no longer ramps-up to the setpoint applied.
However, the setpoint can ramp-down towards 0% at the ramp-function generator
output.

RFG park (1781)


The “RFG park” command holds the current value at the ramp-function generator
output, i.e. it can neither be increased nor decreased as a result of a setpoint
change.
Note: If the “RFG park” and “Off1” commands with braking are simultaneously
active, the ramp-function generator does not return to zero, but maintains the
actual value.
P 2 5 1
D 1 8 2 5
P 2 5 2 1 A d d itio n a l s e tp o in t 1
P 2 5 0
D 0

P 2 6 1
D 1 7 0 1
P 2 5 9 D 1 8 2 8
D 1 8 2 5 1 A d d itio n a l s e tp o in t 2
P 2 6 0 0
D 1 8 2 9 D 1 8 3 0
S V
X
P 2 5 4
D 1 8 2 6
P 2 5 5 1 ± D V % F a c to r a d d itio n a l s e tp o in t 2
P 2 5 3
D 0

P 2 5 7
D 1 8 2 7
P 2 5 8 1 A d d itio n a l s e tp o in t 3
P 2 5 6
D 0
tA : 4 T 0 / A 1 0

P 3 0 1
D 1 7 0 1
D 1 8 3 8
P 3 0 2 1 A d d itio n a l s e tp o in t 4 0 ...1 8 0 %
P 3 0 0
P 3 0 3 s /p lim ite r a c tiv e
D 0
D 1 7 2 9

D 1 8 3 9 s /p lim ite r D 1 8 4 0
P 3 0 5 / 2 0 .1
M a in s e tp o in t
D 1 8 3 4 S p e e d s /p
R F G o u tp u t

P 3 0 4
0 ...-1 8 0 % tA : 4 T 0 / C 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 22
Supplementary setpoints, setpoint limiting Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Speed controller Indramat
P 2 7 7 G 2 T 2
G 2 /T 2
D 1 7 0 1 P 3 3 7 P 3 3 8
E n a b le P 2 9 8
s p e e d c o n tr o lle r G 1 T 1
D 1 P 3 3 5 P 3 3 6
D 1 7 3 2
&
O p e r a tin g
1 ,0
D 1 7 5 6 P 3 3 1 P 3 3 3 P 3 3 4
A d a p tiv e G a in D 1 8 4 7
F ie ld c u r r e n t
re a c h e d P 3 3 2 1
P 3 3 0 X X
D 0

U lim itin g a c tiv e D 1 8 4 8 D 1 8 4 9


a tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 8
I- c o n tr o lle r lim itin g P 3 4 3
≥1 E n a b le s p e e d c o n tr o lle r
2
D 1 7 0 3 F re e z e I-c o m p o n e n t S p e e d c o n tr o lle r
1
≥1 lim itin g
0
D 1 7 0 2
P 2 7 8
T - lim ite r a c tiv e In h ib it I- c o m p o n e n t
D
S y m m . lim it
P 6 2 8 .0 P 6 2 8 .1 D 1 8 5 5
P 3 4 2 D D
% S p e e d c o n tr o lle r
D 1 8 4 0 D 1 8 5 0 D 1 8 5 2 D 1 8 5 4
/ 1 9 .8
s p e e d s /p t
_ _ P 3 1 9 / C 6
tA : 4 T 0
S ta r t v a lu e o f I- c o m p o n e n t
t
P 3 0 7 a t m o m e n t " E n a b le s p e e d c o n tr o lle r "

D D 1 7 5 5
S E T D 1 9 6 1
D 1 8 5 3 D 1 8 5 6 [y = x ]
P 3 1 0
1 x y
D 1 8 5 1 X [y = 0 ]
P 3 3 9 1 0 P 3 4 1
-1 R E S E T
D 1 8 7 3 t
D
S p e e d f/b 0
P 2 7 9
P 5 8 0
P 6 0 4 D D 1 6 6 3
P 6 0 3 0 ...2 5 % D
P 6 0 1 P 6 0 2 &
D 1 9 7 0 E n a b le d r o o p
P 3 4 0 1
P 6 0 0
E n a b le
D P 0 o p e r a tio n
tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 23
Speed controller Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Torque limiting Indramat
N o r m a liz a tio n
P 3 6 1 P 3 6 3 P 3 6 4
D 1 8 5 8
P 3 6 2 1
P 3 6 0
X t
D 0
tA : 4 T 0 / B 5

P 6 8 7
P 3 8 1 A d d itio n a l T o r q u e s /p 1 D 2 0 0 0
D
N o r m a liz . c u r r e n t
T o r q u e lim ite r a c tiv e 1 0 0 % a t D 1 8 6 6
P 3 8 0 c o rre s p . to [P 3 7 4 ] A
A d d . T -s /p 2 D 1 7 0 3
P 5 7 8
D 1 8 5 8 T -s /p 3 D 1 7 5 5
D P 3 7 4 .0
P 5 7 9 D 1 8 6 5 T o r q u e lim ite r D 1 8 5 9 D 1 8 6 6 D 1 8 6 7
/2 2 .1
D 1 9 7 1 1 1
P 3 7 6 D -1
X X is q *
D 1 8 5 4 0
0
O u tp u t
s p e e d tA : T 0 / 7
c o n tr o lle r
P 3 7 7
D + 1 2 5 % D 1 8 6 8
P 3 6 6 1
+ 1 0 0 % P 3 7 2 .0
1
1 T o rq u e lim itin g P 3 6 5 P 3 6 6 P 3 6 7 P 3 6 8 P 3 6 9 P 3 7 0 P 3 7 1
P 3 6 7 .0 0 T o rq u e
P 3 6 5 0 T - lim it 1 T 1 v a r ia b le , T 2 fix e d D .... 0 1 V a lu e 0
d ir e c tio n 1
D 0 T 2 v a r ia b le , T 1 fix e d 1 V a lu e D .... 0 0
T 1 a . T 2 s y m . lim itin g D ....* 0 D ....* 0 1
P 3 7 1
-1 2 5 % D 1 8 6 9 In d e n tic a l D - P a r a m e te r s
P 3 6 9 T - lim it 2
-1 0 0 % P 3 7 3 .0 1
1 1
-1
P 3 7 0 .0 1 0
P 3 6 8 T o rq u e
0
0 d ir e c tio n 2
D 0

P 2 9 5
F ix e d v a lu e T - lim it D
/3 .8 F a s t s to p D 1 6 6 2 -1
³ 1
/1 6 .8 E n d s to p le ft -1

/1 6 .8 E n d s to p r ig h t -1 tA : 4 T 0 / B 1 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 24
Torque limiting Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Closed-loop motor control Indramat
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Closed-loop motor control Indramat

P109 Limiting (vector) the complete current; independent of all operation, the flux is established with the maximum possible
normalization factors, the maximum permissible current is entered magnetizing current, duration approx. 1·Tr
here in A (this is only effective for induction motors).
P115 In field weakening, the coupling inductance Lm changes due to the P135- P143 Magnetizing characteristic Ls = f (i) determined using the automatic
lower magnetizing current. Thus, the gain factor of the torque- motor identification (P189). The characteristic is referred to the value
generating current isq to the torque changes. This parameter defines Ls = f (0.4 Irated). This reference value is saved in P122. Including the
whether this parameter change should be compensated by an internal reference value in P122, the curve comprises 10 points (Ls = f (0.1In),
gain change. (the gain increases in field weakening). Ls = f (0.2 In) ... Ls= f (1.0 In)), between which, the characteristic is
Standard setting: With adaptation linearly interpolated.

P117 Indicates the internally calculated rated magnetizing current value P144 Allows the identification controller gain to be manually changed, which
(this can be subsequently changed). determines the rotor time constant Tr. Normally, this does not have
to be changed, as the gain is automatically adapted to the motor.
P118 Indicates the internally calculated start of field weakening.
Standard: 100%
P119 Rated motor output Special case: 0% (disables the Tr adaptation)
(only effective for induction motors)
P120 Stator resistance for induction motors
P147 This allows the current controller dynamic response to be increased
P121 Leakage factor s for induction motors
or decreased. This changes torque rise times. Normally, this does
P122 Stator inductance of induction motors not have to changed, as the gain is automatically adapted to the
motor. However, it requires relatively precise information about the
P123 Indicates the rotor time constants Tr calculated from the rating plate motor parameters. (e.g. from the automatic parameter identification
data (this is only effective for induction motors). routine.)
Settings P147 = extremely high (highest dynamic
P125, P126 For synchronous motors, allows the in-line and quadrature inductance
performance)
to be separately entered (normally, this is internally calculated).
= high (average dynamic
P128 Flux correction controller: This controller supports field-weakening performance, standard)
operation by ensuring sufficient voltage reserve. Generally, this does = standard (standard dynamic
not have to be changed, as the gain is internally calculated. performance)

P129 Flux controller gain: P148 Is used to change the current controller gain. Generally this does not
have to be changed, as the gain is automatically adapted to the motor.
Standard value 50 % (flux is controlled with an internally calculated
gain) Standard: 100%
Special case 0 % (flux open-loop controlled). For open-loop controlled
operation, the flux is established with delay according to an
exponential function, duration approx. 3*Tr. For closed-loop controlled
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Closed-loop motor control Indramat

P149 Selects from above which flux actual value torque can be output. For - During the identification routine, the yellow LED flashes quickly
induction motors, torque can only be output, if the flux has been and ”Motor identification” is indicated in the display. Depending on
essentially established after the motor has been powered-up. the particular motor, the identification routine can take several
Standard: 75% minutes. After the identification routine has been completed, ”Mot
ID ready” is displayed and the yellow LED flashes slowly. The
(only effective for induction motors)
drive converter should now be powered-down. After this, the
P382 Manual intervention, flux setpoint: The quantity, entered via P382, determined data is automatically saved in a non-volatile fashion in
is multiplied by the internal flux setpoint. The factory setting P382 = the EEPROM (this means that data cannot be lost during power
2000 (100 %) results in the nominal setpoint. failures).

P189 Allows the various operating modes to be selected: - When required, a new identification run can be made (if this is
done several times, this can result in further improvements).
Open-loop controlled operation with V/Hz characteristic from P181
– P188 - If no further identification routine is required, then after power-off,
P189 should be set to closed-loop current controlled. The drive
Caution: This mode is only intended for test purposes and when converter can now be operated again in the normal mode. The
commissioning the system. determined values can be viewed in the following parameters (all
of the quantities are phase quantities).
Closed-loop current controlled operation: Standard setting (field-
oriented operation) - Induction motor
P117 - magnetizing current
Motor identification: If this mode is selected, the next time that the P120 - stator resistance Rs
inverter is enabled, an automatic motor identification routine is P121 - leakage coefficient s
executed. A voltage is output and a test current flows. The motor P122 - stator inductance (for Ls = f(0.4 In); this is the reference
does not rotate (the shaft might make short notching movements). value for the magnetizing characteristic P135 ... P143
- Synchronous motor
Prerequisites for automatic identification:
P110 - stator resistance Rs
- The motor is connected with the selected encoder (P130) P111 - three-phase inductance LD

- Encoder data (P130 onwards) and the motor rating plate data (P1 Normally, the motor can be operated with values estimated from the
onwards) have been entered. rating plate data. However, better results can be achieved using the
motor identification routine.
D 1 6 9 8
I x T p r o te c tio n a c tiv e / 8
tA : T 0

P 2 5 D 1 9 6 2 2 )
a c tu a l c u r r e n t lim it
I x t
P 1 2 8 .0 P 2 4 D -P a r a m e te r N o r m a liz a tio n
m o n ito r in g
A S M ) P 4 6 1 ) 1 0 0 % = 5 0 0 V
m in im a l v a lu e
F lu x c o r r e c tio n o ffP 1 0 9 /P 4 6
is q P 1 0 9 .0 2 ) 1 0 0 % = P 3 3 / 2 · √2
c o n tr o lle r
3 ) re fe r to s h e e t N r. 1 1 -1 4
is q * 4 ) 2 0 0 % = 2 /3 · U ZK

P 1 2 9 .0
A S M )

Y 'r d * F lu x c o n tr o lle r D 1 8 7 8
c u r r e n t lim itin g . D C - lin k
C u r r e n t c o n tr o lle r V o lta g e
a c tiv lim it
Y 'r d D 1 6 9 9 P 1 4 7 .0 P 1 4 8 .0 D 1 6 9 9 D 1 0 7 5 4 )
D 1 8 8 4 D 1 0 7 6 4)
P 3 8 2 is d * is d s e t U sd r
D 2 0 0 0 X U sa T U
4 )
a b T V
D 1 8 7 9 D 1 0 7 7
d q T W
F lu x - s e tp o in t a s s ig n m e n t F lu x p r e s e n t U sb 3 ~
P 1 4 9 .0 is q * U sq r
is q s e t J su
P 1 1 8 .0 ϕr d * D 1 7 5 6 S p a c e v e c to r U 2 V 2 W 2
P 1 1 7 .0 S M
Y 'r d w r w s U Z K m o d u la tio n
P 1 3 5 .0 X
: ϕr d N
P 1 4 3 .0 f = 2 ) 2 )
A S M D 1 0 7 2 D 1 0 7 1
ϕr d *
D 1 0 7 8 3 )
U A U Z K
w s P 0 0 1 3 P 0 0 1 7
D 1 9 2 8 1 )
2 ) 2 )
J si D 1 0 6 9 D 1 0 7 0
D 1 8 6 7 P 1 1 5 .0 J si
U Z K
is d is a is u
J su a b is u
is q * w ith a d a p tio n 1
3 is v
X D 1 0 8 3 is q is b M e a s u r in g is v
w s F lu x d q 2
C u rre n t 2 )
0 D 1 0 8 2 m o d e ll n (w ) n (w )
s e tp o in t w ith o u t a d a p tio n w r
n
P 1 2 3 .0 J
Y 'r d
M o to r
T r J is q * 3 ~

P 1 3 5 .0 ... 1 4 3 .0 P 1 4 4 .0 r o ta tin g fie ld m o to r


S p e e d e n c o d e r
is d m o to r p a ra m e te r:
L s
M a g n e tiz in g 1 /P 3 3 I- a c tiv e P 1 0 0 ... P 1 2 6
c h a r a c te r is tic is q D 1 0 3 0 D 0 0 1 5
is d L s
U sd r X
is d U sq r
P 3 7 4 .0
T r - Id e n tifik a tio n

Y 'r d
2 ) D 1 8 8 2
w s is q D 1 0 7 1 I-a c tu a l
1 /P 3 3
X D 1 8 7 4 D 0 0 1 4
M o d ific a tio n s o f th is fu n c tio n d ia g r a m
2 ) D 1 8 8 3 2 2 X
o n ly w ith P 0 1 8 9 = c u r r e n t c o n tr o l is d D 1 0 7 2 ( is q ) + ( is d )
A S M ) M o d ific a tio n s o f th is m o d u le s o n ly w ith P 0 1 0 0 = A s y n c h r o n A S M X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 25
Closed-loop motor control Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
V/Hz characteristic (special operation) Indramat
c o n tro l D C - lin k
0 % lim itin g
a c tiv c o n tro l fa c to r
c h a r a c te r is tic lin . 4 )
4 ) D 1 6 7 9 D 1 0 7 5
P 1 8 1 .0 ... P 1 8 8 .0 D 1 0 7 6
5 ) U s d r
fs U s a T U
4 ) a b T
U V /H z - c h a r a c te r is tic 1 7 1 ,5 % D 1 0 7 7 V

d q T W

D 1 8 5 0 X U s b 3 ~
0 % U s q r J s u
s p a c e v e c to r U 2 V 2 W 2
f m o d u la tio n

U A U Z K
c u rre n t
lim m ite r . P 0 0 1 3 P 0 0 1 7
D 1 9 2 8 1 )
a c tiv J s i D 1 0 6 9 2 ) D 1 0 7 0 2 )
U Z K
D 1 6 9 9 is u
D 1 6 9 8 I x T p r o te c tio n a c tiv is a
a b 3 is v m e a s u re d - is u
2 ) a c tu a l Ix T lim it %
is b v a lu e
D 1 9 6 2 I- c o n tr o lle r I- lim . 1 0 0 % d q 2 a c q u is itio n is v
P 2 5
I x t
P 2 4
m o n it o r in g 0 %
P 4 6 m in . v a lu e
P 1 0 9 .0 P 1 0 9 /P 4 6 D -P a r a m e te r N o r m a liz a tio n
I- is t
M o to r
1 ) 1 0 0 %= 5 0 0 V
K p T n 2 )
3 ~
1 0 0 % = P 3 3 / ( 2 · √2 )
3 ) re fer to s h e e t N r. 1 1 -1 4
P 5 4 7 .0 P 5 4 8 .0
4 ) 2 0 0 % = 2 /3 · U ZK r o ta t in g fie ld m o to r
P 1 1 4 *P 3 9 0 D 1 8 5 0
5 ) f s ( H z ) = * m o to r p a ra m e te r:
6 0 s 1 0 0 % P 1 0 0 ... P 1 2 6
P 1 1 4 = p o le p a ir n u m b e r

M o d ific a tio n s o f th is m o d u le s o n ly w it h P 0 1 8 9 = v o lta g e - c o n tr o lle d

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 26
V/Hz characteristic (special operation) Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Position reference value memory Indramat

Resolution of the position information Connecting 32/16 bit D parameters to variable


The resolution is not rigidly linked with the encoder pulse number. As part of the parameter sources
required positioning accuracy, it can be selected to be lower. This is interesting, All of the signal paths, which are designated by a double line, are processed with
especially for high-resolution encoders, e.g. ERN1387, as the maximum distance 32-bit word format which means that there are both 32 bit D parameters (e.g.
depends on the position actual value resolution and the memory depth of the D2012, D2014...) as well as also 32 bit parameter sources (P647...P649). This
counter. also means that there is a 32-bit connection when connecting these parameters.
When connecting a 16 bit D parameter to a 32 bit source or a 32 bit D parameter
P780 Resolution in increments per motor shaft resolution. When entered to a 16 bit source, only 16 bits of information is transferred, whereby the high word
via the operator panel, values to the power of two (1024, 2048 etc.) (bits 16...31) of the 32 bit value is always used.
can be selected from a list. When entering via the interface, the If a16 bit value is to be connected to the low word of a 32-bit source, or a 32-bit
assignment should be taken from the parameter list. value is to be generated from 16 bit components (e.g. when transferring PZD
from interfaces), the 16-32 bit converter can be used.
Which setting should be selected? Required positioning accuracy x 4, however
not higher than the encoder accuracy (for pulse encoders P130 x 4, for resolvers
4096...8192, for ERN 1387, approx. 217).

Normalization of the position values


P781..P783 Using these parameters, an adaptation is made to the position unit at
the machine (e.g. mm) for the motor rotary motion. Enter the
circumference or diameter (depending what is specified) of the drive
pulley into P781, whereby P783 must be appropriately selected as
to whether the data in P781 refers to the diameter or circumference.
Enter the gearbox factor into P782, which is located between the
drive pulley and motor shaft.

P785 Position reference value memory: The value is entered in the selected
lengths units, refer to the normalization, P781...P783. One of the 16
position reference values is selected via the D parameters entered
in P784.
P 5 9 4
2 3
D
M a x . tr a v e l d is ta n c e
P 5 9 3 D 1 6 7 3
2
( M o to r r e v o lu tio n s ) P 7 8 0
D 2 P 7 8 0 · P 7 8 2 D 1 0 4 0
D ia m e te r o r c ir c u m fe r e n c e P 7 8 1
P 5 9 2 P 7 8 1 · x
2 1 G e a r r a tio P 7 8 2 P 7 8 3 = d ia m e te r : x = π
D
P 7 8 3 = c ir c u m fe r e n c e : x = 1
S e le c t d ia m e te r o r c ir c u m fe r e n c e P 7 8 3
P 5 9 1
D 2 0

E N
P 7 8 4 S e tp o in t s e le c to r
P 5 9 0 D 1 6 7 3 D 1 5 7 0
P o s itio n n o r m a liz a tio n
D 1 7 0 1 tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 7
E n a b le d a ta

In d e x 0 ... 1 5
1 5
1 4
N o r m a liz e d
1 3 p o s itio n s e tp o in t
1 2
1 0
9
D 1 0 4 1 D 2 0 1 2
1 6 - 3 2 b it c o n v e r te r 8
7
7 X
P 7 9 0 H ig h w o r d 6
D 2 0 1 6 5
D 4
3 D 2 0 1 3
2
1 6 B it 1 6 B it 1 3 2
P 7 9 1 P 7 8 5 .0 0
1 6 L o w w o rd
D P o s itio n s e tp o in ts in p h y s ic a lly q u a n tity
L o w w o rd / C 2
tA : 4 T 0

tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 27
Position reference value memory Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram
Position actual values, angular synchronous Rexroth
gearbox Indramat

Position actual value referencing


The position actual value must be set once each time that the unit is initialized
(power supply On). This is generally realized using a reference contact, which
marks a pre-adjusted point along the distance to be moved along (zero range).
This contact should be connected to P788 via a digital input. For encoders with
zero pulse, an adjustment which is still precise enough, can be achieved (P622 =
D 1696).

P789 The difference between the required position zero and the reference
mark, is entered in the same lengths units as for the setpoint memory
P785.

Angular correction module for the electronic shaft


If an electronic shaft is established between several inverters using a SynchroLink
connection, the incoming angular setpoint from SynchroLink must be corrected.
The output of the angular correction module (D1207) can be entered into the
position controller as setpoint (reference value).
P 7 8 0 / 2 3 2
D 1 8 9 0 D 2 0 1 4
R e v o lu tio n
X c o u n te r

D 1 0 4 0
D 2 0 1 5
S a m p le / H o ld
P 7 8 9 3 2
X m o d u le
1 6
P 6 2 2 S /H
In d e x p u ls e D 1 6 9 6
D 1 0 4 2
P 7 8 8 &
( E n a b le r e s e t- & •
p o s itio n ) D 1 7 0 1 D 1 7 8 0 •

S Q D 1 0 4 0
P 5 7 6
D R Q tA : T 0 / 3

r e - a d ju s t
n u m e ra to r 1 0 0 %
P 6 4 5
D
N u m e ra to r

A n g le s y n c h r o n o u s g e a r in g P 6 4 3 X S p e e d p ilo t c o n tr o l fo r th e g e a r in g

M o d ific a tio n o n ly if
P 0 6 3 7 = p o s titio n c o n tr o l
D 1 9 8 8 D 1 9 9 9
P 6 4 2 P 6 4 1 P 7 9 7
N u m e ra to r N u m e ra to r
D D D
D e n o m in a to r D e n o m in a to r
U s e s o u r c e fo r a n g le v a lu e s U s e s o u r c e fo r s p e e d v a lu e s S p e e d v a lu e
T 0 [s e c ] * P 3 9 0 [rp m ]
X c o r r e c te d a n g le
0 ,2 5 * 6 0 s e c
r e - a d ju s t D 2 1 0 1 7
P 7 9 6
d e n u m e ra to r 1 0 0 %
t : 4 T / C 3 D
A 0
P 6 4 6 A n g le v a lu e
D
D e n o m in a to r

P 6 4 4 X + 1 t : T / 1 0
A 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 28
Position actual values, angular synchronous gearbox Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Position controller Indramat

Closed-loop position controller with root characteristic Position controller expansions


General information: For travel to a target with constant deceleration (braking 1. The angular addition location of the position controller has an additional inverted
torque), the velocity (speed) behaves like a root characteristic over distance. This input with P795. This means, that especially when using an electronic shaft, an
is taken into a consideration by the characteristic in the setpoint [reference value] additional angular offset can be entered.
/ actual value difference of the position controller. However, the stability criteria of
the complete position control loop (linear section) determines the gradient at the 2. For the electronic shaft application, if angle D1890 is used as reference value
zero setpoint. / or actual value for position controller, which precisely emulates one motor
shaft revolution, then the loop normalization with parameters P780..P784 is not
Procedure when commissioning: required. Angle D1890 is a 32 bit quantity, however its resolution is far too high
The position controller can be set after the current and speed controller have (232 increments/360 degrees), which means that the angular difference can be
been optimized. reduced by a factor of 216 using P794 (switch).
• Set the linear section to an average value with P793 - approx. 10 %
• Set the controller gain P654 to 0.5
• Set the integral action time P655 to 0 ms (disabled)
Bring the position deviation to zero and enable the position controller. Enter a low
setpoint step and monitor the step response using the REFUwin oscilloscope.
The setpoint step amplitude should be set small enough (just a few increments)
so that the speed controller does not go to its limit. The low signal behavior can be
optimized using the controller gain P654. Typical values lie between 1 and 5. Set
P793 so that for large signal changes of the position reference value, the maximum
deceleration torque is reached; the speed controller must remain in the active
range (increasing P793 increases the torque).
S e le c t th e p o s itio n c o n tr o lle r : P 7 9 4 S w itc h fo r th e c o n d itio n in g th e
P 6 3 7 = 1 r e s o lu tio n o f th e e le c tr o n ic lin e s h a ft
1 0

P 6 4 7 P 6 5 7
2 -1 6 1
P 7 9 3 P 6 5 4 P 6 5 5 D P 6 5 9
K p T n D
P 6 5 2
P 6 4 8 S q u a re ro o t c h a r. %
D 1 9 8 9 D 1 9 9 0 P o s itio n c o n tr o lle r L im ite r D 1 9 9 1
1
-1
P 6 4 9 X t
_ _ _ lin e a r p a r t
t
P 7 9 5
P 6 5 6 P 6 5 8
D D
R S /H
P 7 9 2
D
H y s te r e s is
P 6 5 0 P 7 8 7 P o s itio n r e a c h e d
D 1 6 9 6 D 1 5 6 7 D 1 5 6 8
& •
D 1 7 8 4 • 1
P 7 8 6
S Q
D 1 0 4 0 T o le r a n c e
P 6 5 1
D R Q P 7 8 6 , P 7 8 7 n o r m a liz a tio n
lik e P 7 8 5
/2 5 .6
D 1 5 7 0

S e tp o in t s e le c to r

1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

D 1 5 6 9

B it 1 5 0
S ta tu s w o r d " in p o s itio n ( 0 ... 1 5 ) "

tA : 4 T 0 / C 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 29
Position controller Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram
Rexroth
Temperature evaluation for motor, inverter and
rectifiert
Indramat

Switching diagram of the comparator PTC

P 3 8 9
P 3 8 9 - 5 0 9

Switching diagrams of the comparators KTY

P 3 8 6 /3 8 7
P 3 8 6 /3 8 7 - 3 ° C
In p u t P T C /K T Y 8 4 m o to r P 3 8 5
P 3 7 5 1 0 0 %
D 1 8 7 1 D 1 8 7 2 D 1 8 7 7
X 1 5 .1 0
0 M o to r te m p e ra tu re
1 K T Y 8 4 T e m p e ra tu re 1 0 0 %
e v a lu a tio n 1 0 0 ° C X +
X 1 5 .2 2
P T C
P 3 8 5
P le a s e n o te th e p o la r ity in
c a s e o f K T Y 8 4 c o n n e c tio n ! D 1 7 0 7
0 0
1 A la r m
"M o to r T e m p ."
P 3 8 6 2
1 3 5 °C
D 1 7 0 8
0 0
1 F a u lt
P 3 8 7 "M o to r T e m p ."
2
1 5 5 °C
P 3 8 8

P 3 8 9 1

T e m p e r a tu r e in v e r te r T e m p e r a tu r e r e c tifie r
D 1 8 7 0 D 2 0 2 9

N T C o n th e A la r m
in v e r te r "O v e rte m p ."

T e m p e r a tu r e e v a lu a tio n
F a u lt
"O v e rte m p ."
N T C o n th e ( T e m p . F a u lt) - P 8 6 = ( T e m p . A la r m )
r e c tifie r

P 8 6
D iffe r e n c e b e tw e e n
fa u lt a n d a la r m
tA : 5 0 m s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 30
Temperature evaluation Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Friction characteristic, dv/dt input Indramat

Plotting the friction characteristic Interruption


The friction plot can be interrupted by withdrawing the operating enable. The friction
The friction characteristic automatic plot can be called-up via a digital input or via plot is then continued at the previous location after operation has been re-enabled.
the serial interface (connect the appropriate control bit in P359). The unit power-
up, operating enable and / or speed controller enable are parameterized so that Cancellation
they correspond to the other drive requirements. To cancel the operation, the “Operating enable” and the ”Plot friction characteristic”
control signal must be withdrawn. The newly plotted friction values up to this time,
Example: are saved in the operating memory, and remain valid until the power supply voltage
• Assign digital input 3 to the “Plot friction characteristic” control signal; to realize is powered-down. The old friction values must be transferred out of the EEPROM
this, set P465 to “Input” and connect D1716 to P359. when powering-up again.
• Enter the speed setpoints for the friction characteristic in P345.0 to P345.9 in
an increasing sequence. This means that the density of the points along the Plotting the friction value diagram
characteristic are adapted to the friction characteristics.
D ig . in p u t 4 :
• Enter the ramp-up time in parameter P458. This value is also automatically "O N "
used for the ramp-down time. The rounding-off is 10 %.
D ig . in p u t 3 :
" F r ic tio n c h a r . p lo t"
Automatic sequence
D ig . E in g a n g 5 :
" E n a b le o p e r a tio n "
The “Plot friction characteristic” control signal of the selected digital input must be
set to high before the “Enable operation” control signal!
After operation has been enabled, the drive accelerates to the first speed (P345.0)
with the ramp set in P458. After a delay time of tW = 200 ms + 100*Tn, the speed
encoder output value is averaged over 10*Tn and transferred in parameter 346.0.
Tn is the integral action time of the active parameter set associated with the speed C a lc u la te a n d s to r e
controller (P336 or P338). fr ic tio n v a lu e s to P 3 4 6 .
The next speed values are then approached. After the last value, the drive goes S p e e d
down to zero speed along the ramp and sets parameter D1759 to 1 (= “Friction
characteristic plot completed”). This parameter can be output via a digital output D 1 7 5 9
or via the interface for an external control. This means that the external control
recognizes the end of the friction plot and removes the operation enable and the
”Plot friction characteristic” control signal. This means that D1759 is again set to
zero and the friction values are saved in the EEPROM so that they cannot be lost
when the power fails (this means that they are saved in a non-volatile fashion).
1 0 x - y p o in ts
In d e x 0 ....9 F r ic tio n
S p e e d v a lu e s
E n a b le v a lu e s
fr ic tio n te s t
E n d o f fr ic tio n c h a r .
P 3 5 9 P 3 4 5 .0 P 3 4 6 .0 r e c o r d in g
D D 1 7 5 9
P 3 4 7
M F r ic tio n c h a r .
R D 1 8 4 2
P 3 4 4 P 3 2 7
D 1 8 5 1 X D 1 8 4 2

R a m p u p tim e fo r r e c o r d in g n
tA : 4 T 0 / B 7
P 4 5 8

P 3 5 0
D P 3 5 2
P 3 4 9 D 1 8 4 3 D 1 7 0 1
1 D 1 8 4 5
P 3 4 8 P 3 5 1
J -e x t. X 1 S u p p l. S M
D X 0
0
P 3 2 8
tA : 4 T 0 / B 1 0
P 3 5 3 D
d v / d t
D
tA : 4 T 0 / B 8

L im ite r 3 a c tiv e
P 3 5 5 P 3 5 7 D 1 7 5 3
B P 3 5 6
D e a d b a n d L im ite r 3 D 1 8 4 4
P 3 5 4 G a in P 3 2 9
-B
D P D 1 8 4 4
+ B

tA : 4 T 0 / B 9

P 3 5 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 31
Friction characteristic, dv/dt input Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Dancer roll „Teach-in“ function Indramat

Dancer rolls “teach-in” function


Commissioning a dancer-roll control system is made significantly easier and
speeded-up using the teach-in function. The dancer roll is connected to the drive
converter as usual.
A 0 ... +10V reference voltage is available for the potentiometer feedback, if the
analog output is not required. The dancer roll output can be connected at any
drive converter analog input. The appropriate D parameter of the analog input
must be connected in P177.
When executing the dancer roll ”teach-in” function the normalization and the offset
(dancer roll center) are calculated from the analog values of the upper and lower
dancer roll end positions and the required (parameterizable) dancer roll intervention.
This offset can be additionally adjusted using a parameter.
The dancer roll correction signal is available at parameter D1889. The calculation
is initiated by activating a digital input. The assignment is realized separately for
dancer roll top and dancer roll bottom, so that two digital inputs must be
parameterized. In order that the values are saved in the EEPROM in a non-volatile
fashion, the digital input must be activated for at least 2 sec during the teach-in
operation.
After the ”teach-in” function has been completed, these digital inputs are no longer
required, and can be used for other functions by re-parameterizing them.
P 1 7 6
D 1 8 8 8 D 1 8 8 9
P 1 7 7
+ tA : 1 6 T 0 / D 1 0
D X
-

P 1 7 3 D R u p p e r
D p o s itio n tA : 5 0 m s
D 1 8 9 1
1
D R u p p e r + D R lo w e r
2
P 1 7 4 D R lo w e r
D p o s itio n
D 1 8 9 2 ∆% 2
1 D R u p p e r - D R lo w e r

P 1 7 5 N o t i c e : ∆% ≤ D R u p p e r - D R lo w e r
± ∆%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 32
Dancer roll „Teach-in“ function Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Controlling a mechanical brake Indramat

Controlling a mechanical braking device The control logic ensures that the brake can only be opened when the field current
has been established (isd), and in the status “Operation enabled” (no fault/alarm).
P89 [1701] Freely-available control input of the AND logic operation (output For induction motors, the full motor torque is then available.
D1668) For permanent-magnet synchronous motors, bit D1756 is permanently set to 1 in
Using this parameter, an external or internal condition can be operation.
specified for the brake control, e.g. Emergency Off.
At power-up, the setpoint should be enabled (e.g. ramp-function generator RFG)
P90 Control input of the OR logic operation (output D1669) delayed by the brake opening time, in order to prevent the motor starting with the
brake still closed. However, depending on the particular brake type, this can be
P90 = D1700 Function, operating brake neglected.
The brake is immediately closed after the “OFF1” or “Inhibit
operation” command, and brakes the motor.

P90 = D1746 Function, holding brake


The brake only closes for n<nmin whereby the switching threshold
nmin is specified with P392.

P92 [0 sec] Switch-out delay after the “OFF1” or “Inhibit operation” command
The mechanical brake delay time when closing can be compensated
using this parameter. After the Off command, the inverter remains
operational until the brake is completely closed. This prevents a no
torque condition during the brake delay time.

For a command “OFF 2” (power-down), “OFF 3” (fast stop), function no-load


coast down or fault, the brake close signal is immediately output without delaying
the inverter inhibit.

Function description
Switch-on command for holding or operating brakes:
Parameter D1697 is available as control command for a mechanical brake.
As for all display parameters, it can be freely logically combined, e.g. at a digital
output or to control word 2

Status 0 “Close brake” command


Status 1 “Open brake” command
P 8 9
F ie ld c u r r e n t r e a c h e d D 1 7 5 6 D 1 7 0 1 D 1 6 6 8

O p e r a tin g D 1 7 3 2 &
D 1 6 9 7 P 1 6 9 7 = 0 Þ C lo s e b r a k e
P 1 6 9 7 = 1 Þ O p e n b ra k e
&

P 9 0 D 1 6 6 9
O N D 1 6 6 0
D 1 7 4 6
E n a b le o p e r a tio n D 1 6 6 3 ³ 1
&
P 9 0 = 1 7 0 0 ( c o n s ta n t lo g ic 0 ) Þ O p e r a tin g b r a k e
P 9 0 = 1 7 4 6 ( s p e e d > n - m in ) Þ H o ld in g b r a k e

tA : 1 0 m s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 33
Controlling a mechanical brake Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Supplementary controller Indramat
P 3 2 2 P 3 2 3 P 3 2 5
G T

% A u x . c o n tr o lle r L im ite r
D 1 8 4 6 D 1 8 5 7
P 3 2 0
D

P 3 2 1 t
tA : 4 T 0 / B 6
D
P 3 2 4 P 3 2 6
D
P 5 7 5
E n a b le
D
O n ly u s e P 5 7 5 to b u ilt th e a n g le d iffe r e n c e !

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 34
Supplementary controller Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Technology controller Indramat
P 2 3 2
P 2 3 1 D 1 8 1 5
D 0
N o r m a liz a tio n T C
P 2 3 3 1

E n a b le T C
P 2 3 5 P 2 3 6
P 2 4 5
T 1 K L im ite r a c tiv e
P 2 4 2 P 2 4 3 D P 2 4 7
P 2 3 7 D 1 7 5 0
t
X G T
D
T D = T 1 x K % T e c h n o lo g y L im ite r
D 1 8 1 6 D 1 8 1 7 D 1 8 1 8 D 1 8 2 0 D 1 8 2 1
P 2 3 4 1 c o n tr o lle r
-1 -x x w
D X
T C -a c tu a l 0
+ w
t

P 2 4 4 D P 2 4 8
D ro o p P 2 4 6
E n a b le
d ro o p
P 2 4 1
D
P 2 3 9
P 2 3 8 D 1 8 1 9 D 1 8 2 2
0 1
D T C -s e t -1
P 2 4 0 1
0

tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 35
Technology controller Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Function modules, group 1 Indramat
P 6 1 3 P 6 1 4 .1
D P 6 1 4 .0
D 1 9 7 7
P 6 1 2
D X
tA : 4 T 0 / B 1

P 6 8 8 L im ite r 2 a c tiv e
D
D 1 7 5 2

L im ite r 2 D 1 8 3 6
P 3 1 1
D

tA : 4 T 0 / B 2

P 6 8 9
D

P 3 1 5
D 1 8 3 7
P 3 1 4
D X
tA : 4 T 0 / B 3
P 3 1 6
D

D 1 8 3 1
P 3 1 7
D X

P 3 1 8 / B 4
tA : 4 T 0
D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 36
Function modules, group 1 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Function modules, group 2 Indramat
P 4 3 9
D
D 1 8 6 2
P 4 3 7 1
-1
D X tA : 4 T 0 / B 1 1
0

P 4 3 8
D
P 4 4 2
D
D 1 8 6 3
P 4 4 0 1
-1
D X
0 / B 1 2
tA : 4 T 0

P 4 4 1
D

D 1 8 6 4
P 4 4 3
D X

P 4 4 4
D tA : 4 T 0 / B 1 3

P 4 4 5
D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 37
Function modules, group 2 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Function modules, group 3 Indramat
1 m s ....5 s
P 2 2 1 .0
D 1 8 0 8
P 2 2 0 .0
D t
tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 1

1 m s ....5 s
P 2 2 1 .1
D 1 8 0 9
P 2 2 0 .1
D t
tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 2

L im ite r 1 a c tiv e
P 2 2 3 D 1 7 5 1

L im ite r 1 D 1 8 1 0
P 2 2 2
D
tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 3

P 2 2 4

G a in 0 ...1 0
P 2 2 6 P 2 2 7
D 1 8 1 1 D 1 8 1 2
P 2 2 5
D P
tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 4

P 2 3 0 .0 P 2 3 0 .1
P 2 2 8 .0 D P 2 2 8 .1 D
D 1 8 1 3 D 1 8 1 4
D D
0 0

P 2 2 9 .0 1 P 2 2 9 .1 1
D D tA : 1 6 T 0 / B 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 38
Function modules, group 3 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Mult-function blocks Indramat

The multi-function blocks (MFB) execute arithmetic operations (function) of two The second stage of the MFB further processes the result Y; the selection is
or three input values. The function is selected using parameter P158.x. made using P159.x

P159. x Function
Explanation of the functions:
1. P158.x = 0 (adder) 1 Direct
Y = E1 + E2 (E0 not used) 2 Absolute value
3 Inverted
2. P158.x = 1 (subtractor) 4 Absolute value, inverted
Y = E1 - E2 (E0 not used)

3. P158.x = 2 (multiplier)
Y = E1 * E2 (E0 not used)

4. P158.x = 3 (divider)
Y = E1 / E2 (E0 not used)

5. P158.x = 4 (minimum value)


Y = minimum (E1, E2) (E0 not used)

6. P158.x = 5 (maximum value)


Y = maximum (E1, E2) (E0 not used)

7. P158.x = 6 (process data switch)


Y = maximum (E1, E2) (E0 not used)

E 0

E 1 0

E 2
Y
1

8. P158 = square of the product


Y = (E1* E2)2
P 1 5 8 .0 P 1 5 9 .0 P 1 5 8 .1 P 1 5 9 .1

P 1 5 5 .0 P 1 5 5 .2
E 0 E 0
D 0 D 0
D 1 8 9 3 D 1 8 9 4
1 1
P 1 5 6 .0 P 1 5 6 .1
E 1 re fe r to Y E 1 re fe r to Y
D e x p a n a tio n s -1 D e x p a n a tio n s -1
2 2
-1 -1
P 1 5 7 .0 3 P 1 5 7 .1 3
E 2 E 2
D / D 1 D / D 3
tA : 1 6 T 0 tA : 1 6 T 0

P 1 5 8 .2 P 1 5 9 .2 P 1 5 8 .3 P 1 5 9 .3

P 1 5 5 .1 P 1 5 5 .3
E 0 E 0
D 0 D 0
D 1 8 9 5 D 1 8 9 6
1 1
P 1 5 6 .2 P 1 5 6 .3
E 1 Y E 1 Y
D re fe r to -1 D re fe r to -1
e x p a n a tio n s 2 e x p a n a tio n s 2
-1 -1
P 1 5 7 .2 3 P 1 5 7 .3 3
E 2 E 2
D / D 2 D / D 4
tA : 1 6 T 0 tA : 1 6 T 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 39
Multi-function blocks Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Freely-programmable coder Indramat

Free characteristic
The free characteristic has 10 x-y value pairs. In order to increase the flexibility, a
differential stage is located in front of the characteristic input, and the output is fed
through a normalization function.
P 1 7 1
1 0 0 %
P 1 7 2 1
P 1 7 0
D 0

V a lu e r a n g e ± 1 9 9 ,9 9 %

In d e x 0 ...9

X - v a lu e s P 1 6 8 .0 P 1 6 9 .0 Y - v a lu e s

F re e c h a ra c . D 1 8 2 4
P 1 6 6
+
D X
_

P 1 6 7 1 0 X Y - p o in ts
D

tA : 1 6 T 0 / D 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 40
Freely-programmable characteristic Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Setpoint integral memory Indramat

Setpoint integral memory


The setpoint integral memory offers a minimum motorized potentiometer function.
The setpoint - UP/DOWN control is realized via two digital inputs. The rate-of-
change can be set from 1% ... 100% per sec. The range for the upper and lower
limit extends from +190 ... - 190%. This means, for example, that a limit can
applied to +10 .. +100%.
When the power supply voltage is connected or via the control source P165, the
setpoint memory contents are erased.
The rate-of-change of the setpoint integral memory has initial rounding-off.
m a x . s p e e d o f a d ju s tm e n t = c h a n g in g / s e c .
U p p e r lim it
1 % .... 1 0 0 % m a x . 1 8 0 ,0 0 %
P 1 6 4 P 1 6 2

P 1 6 0
U P %
D D 1 8 2 3

P 1 6 1
D O W N
D
t

P 1 6 3
P 1 6 5
L o w e r lim it
D m in . - 1 8 0 ,0 0 %
³ 1
P o w e r-O N R e s e t

tA : 5 0 m s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 41
Setpoint integral memory Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Freely-programmable coder Indramat
P 7 1 1 .5
2 5
D
P 7 1 1 .4
2 4
D
P 7 1 1 .3 M o d e
3
P 7 1 3
D 2
C o d e r In d e x 0 .6 3 D 1 1 2 9
P 7 1 1 .2 0

2 2 P 7 1 2 .0 C o d e r o u tp u t
D 1

P 7 1 1 .1
2 1
D
P 7 1 1 .0
D 2 0 E N

P 7 1 0 d a ta a c c e p ta c e
D 1 7 0 1

tA : 1 0 m s /

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 42
Freely-programmable coder Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Comparators Indramat

Switching diagrams of the comparators


D1757: D1712, D1713:

1 1
X X
0 0

X S X S
X S + H y st. X S - H y st.
H y s te r e s is
0 ....1 0 0 %
D 1 8 9 8 P 4 0 8
P 4 0 6 D 1 7 5 7 D 1 7 5 8
+ x 0
D x 0 < x s 0
_ -1
x s 0
P 4 0 9
P 4 0 7
D

H y s te r e s is
0 ....1 0 0 %
P 4 0 3
P 3 9 7
1 D 1 7 1 2 D 1 7 4 8
P 4 0 2 P 3 9 8 x s 1
x 1 > x s 1
D 0 -1
x 1
P 3 9 6
D

H y s te r e s is
0 ....1 0 0 %
P 4 0 5
P 4 0 0
1 D 1 7 1 3 D 1 7 4 9
P 4 0 4 P 4 0 1 x s 2
x 2 > x s 2
D 0 -1
P 3 9 9 x 2
D

t A: 4 T 0 / B 1 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 43
Comparators Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Logic gates Indramat

Functionen of logic modules 0...15 Function No. 4: P586.x = D-latch


P 5 8 3 .x E 0
Function No. 0: P586.x = AND n o t u s e d

P 5 8 3 .x E 0 n o t u s e d P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x n = no change
E 1
D Q A 1
P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x D x x x x
E 1 P 5 8 5 .x A 2
A 1 E 2 /Q
E N
& D x x x x
P 5 8 5 .x A 2
E 2

Function No. 1: P586.x = OR Function No. 5: P586.x = Sampel & Hold

P 5 8 3 .x E 0 P 5 8 3 .x E 0
n o t u s e d n o t u s e d

P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x
E 1 E 1
A 1 A 1
> = 1 D x x x x D x x x x
P 5 8 5 .x A 2 P 5 8 5 .x A 2
E 2 E 2 -1

Function No. 2: P586.x = XOR


Function No. 6: P586.x = angle add
P 5 8 3 .x E 0 P 5 8 3 .x E 0
n o t u s e d n o t u s e d

P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x
E 1 E 1
A 1 A 1
= 1 D x x x x + D x x x x
P 5 8 5 .x A 2 P 5 8 5 .x -1
A 2
E 2 E 2

Function No. 3: P586.x = RS-memory Function No. 4: P586.x = angel subtract


P 5 8 3 .x E 0 P 5 8 3 .x
n o t u s e d E 0 n o t u s e d

P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x n = no change P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x
E 1 E 1
S Q A 1 A 1
D x x x x + D x x x x
P 5 8 5 .x /Q A 2 P 5 8 5 .x - -1
A 2
E 2 E 2
R
R - E in g a n g is t d o m in a n t
Rexroth
Indramat

Function No. 8: P586.x = limiter, symmetrical Function No. 12: P586.x = window comparator
M e ld u n g
P 5 8 3 .x E 0 B e g re n z u n g P 5 8 3 .x
D x x x x E 0
a k tiv +
A 1
D x x x x D x x x x
P 5 8 4 .x E 1 A 2 P 5 8 4 .x A 1
E 1
- D x x x x A 1
& A 2 1 -
P 5 8 5 .x E 2
n o t u s e d E 0
-1 0
E 1 E 2
P 5 8 5 .x
E 2
Function No. 9: P586.x = limiter, 3 inputs
M e ld u n g
P 5 8 3 .x E 0 B e g re n z u n g Function No. 13: P586.x = absolute value comparator
D x x x x a k tiv
A 1 P 5 8 3 .x
D x x x x E 0 D x x x x
P 5 8 4 .x E 1 A 2 A 1
D x x x x A 1
P 5 8 4 .x E 1 A 2
P 5 8 5 .x 1 -
H y s te re s e E 0
P 5 8 5 .x E 2 0
E 2 -E 3 E 1
Function No. 10: P586.x = process data switch
Function No. 14: P586.x = 3x AND
P 5 8 3 .x E 0
P 5 8 3 .x E 0
D x x x x
P 5 8 4 .x 0 A 1 D x x x x
E 1 A 1
1 P 5 8 4 .x E 1
D x x x x & D x x x x
P 5 8 5 .x A 2 A 2
E 2
P 5 8 5 .x E 2

Function No. 11: P586.x = comparator Function No. 15: P586.x = 3x OR


P 5 8 3 .x D x x x x P 5 8 3 .x E 0
E 0 + A 1 D x x x x
A 1
D x x x x A 1
P 5 8 4 .x A 2 P 5 8 4 .x E 1
E 1 1 - > = 1 D x x x x
- A 2
H y s te re s e E 1
0
P 5 8 5 .x E 2 -E 3 E 2 P 5 8 5 .x E 2
E 2
Rexroth
Indramat

Function No. 16: P586.x = AND - OR Function No. 20: P586.x = XOR - AND
P 5 8 3 .x P 5 8 3 .x E 0
E 0 D x x x x
D x x x x
A 1 A 1
P 5 8 4 .x D x x x x P 5 8 4 .x E 1 & D x x x x
E 1 > = 1 A 2
A 2
& P 5 8 5 .x = 1
P 5 8 5 .x E 2 E 2

Function No. 17: P586.x = NAND - OR Function No. 21: P586.x = XOR - OR
P 5 8 3 .x E 0
P 5 8 3 .x E 0 D x x x x
D x x x x
A 1 A 1
P 5 8 4 .x E 1 D x x x x
P 5 8 4 .x E 1 D x x x x > = 1
> = 1 A 2
A 2
= 1
P 5 8 5 .x
& P 5 8 5 .x E 2
E 2

Function No. 22 : P586.x = Invert / NAND


Function No. 18: P586.x = OR - AND
P 5 8 3 .x D xxxx
E 0 P583.x
D x x x x E0
A 1 1
P 5 8 4 .x E 1 & D x x x x
A 2
P584.x E1 D xxxx
P 5 8 5 .x
> = 1
E 2 &
P585.x E2

Function No. 19: P586.x = NOR - AND


P 5 8 3 .x E 0
D x x x x
A 1
P 5 8 4 .x E 1 & D x x x x
A 2

P 5 8 5 .x
> = 1
E 2
P 5 8 6 .0 P 5 8 6 .4 P 5 8 6 .8
D 1 6 1 0 D 1 6 1 8 D 1 6 5 6
P 5 8 3 .0 P 5 8 3 .4 P 5 8 3 .8
D E 0 D E 0 D E 0
Q Q Q
P 5 8 4 .0 P 5 8 4 .4 P 5 8 4 .8
D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 1 1 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 1 9 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 5 7
0 ... 4 0 ... 4 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .0 P 5 8 5 .4 P 5 8 5 .8
E 2 Q E 2 Q E 2 Q
D D D
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 5 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 9

P 5 8 6 .1 P 5 8 6 .5 P 5 8 6 .9
D 1 6 1 2 D 1 6 5 0 D 1 6 5 8
P 5 8 3 .1 P 5 8 3 .5 P 5 8 3 .9
D E 0 D E 0 D E 0
Q Q Q
P 5 8 4 .1 P 5 8 4 .5 P 5 8 4 .9
D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 1 3 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 5 1 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 5 9
0 ... 4 0 ... 4 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .1 P 5 8 5 .5 P 5 8 5 .9
D E 2 Q E 2 Q E 2 Q
D D
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 2 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 6 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 0

P 5 8 6 .2 P 5 8 6 .6 P 5 8 6 .1 0
D 1 6 1 4 D 1 6 5 2 P 5 8 3 .1 0 D 1 5 8 0
P 5 8 3 .2 P 5 8 3 .6
D E 0 D E 0 D E 0
Q Q Q
P 5 8 4 .2 P 5 8 4 .6 P 5 8 4 .1 0
D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 1 5 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 5 3 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 5 8 1
0 ... 4 0 ... 4 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .2 P 5 8 5 .6 P 5 8 5 .1 0
E 2 Q E 2 Q E 2 Q
D D D
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 3 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 7 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 1

P 5 8 6 .3 P 5 8 6 .7 P 5 8 6 .1 1
D 1 6 1 6 D 1 6 5 4 D 1 5 8 2
P 5 8 3 .3 P 5 8 3 .7 P 5 8 3 .1 1
D E 0 D E 0 D E 0
Q Q Q
P 5 8 4 .3 P 5 8 4 .7 P 5 8 4 .1 1
D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 1 7 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 6 5 5 D E 1 F u n c tio n D 1 5 8 3
0 ... 4 0 ... 4 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .3 P 5 8 5 .7 P 5 8 5 .1 1
D E 2 Q D E 2 Q E 2 Q
D
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 4 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 8 tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 44
Logic gates Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Logic gates (continued) Indramat
P 5 8 6 .1 2
D 1 5 8 4
P 5 8 3 .1 2
D E 0 Q P 4 4 6
P 5 8 4 .1 2 D 1 7 5 4
F u n c tio n D 1 5 8 5
D E 1 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .1 2
= 1
Q P 4 4 7
D E 2
tA : 4 T 0 / B 1 4
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 3

P 5 8 6 .1 3
D 1 5 8 6
P 5 8 3 .1 3
D E 0
Q
P 5 8 4 .1 3
F u n c tio n D 1 5 8 7
D E 1 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .1 3
Q
D E 2
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 4

P 5 8 6 .1 4
D 1 5 8 8
P 5 8 3 .1 4
D E 0
Q
P 5 8 4 .1 4
F u n c tio n D 1 5 8 9
D E 1 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .1 4
Q
D E 2
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 5

P 5 8 6 .1 5
D 1 5 9 0
P 5 8 3 .1 5
D E 0
Q
P 5 8 4 .1 5
F u n c tio n D 1 5 9 1
D E 1 0 ... 4
P 5 8 5 .1 5
Q
D E 2
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 45
Logic gates (continued) Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Rexroth
Indramat
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Timer elements Indramat

Function diagrams of the timer elements:


Function 2 = pulse 
Function 0 = switch-on delay

Beispiel 1: Beispiel 1:
Eingang Eingang
t

Ausgang Ausgang
t

Beispiel 2: Beispiel 2:
Eingang Eingang

Ausgang Ausgang

Function 1 = switch-off delay Function 3 = extended pulse

Beispiel 1: t Beispiel 1:
Eingang Eingang

t
Ausgang Ausgang

Beispiel 2: t Beispiel 2:
Eingang Eingang

Ausgang Ausgang
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Timer elements Indramat

Function 4 = pulse generator, symmetrical Function 7 = ramp-up generator, M direction / sign


P 5 8 9 .x P 5 9 6 .x E
t1 n o t u s e d 1 P 5 8 9 .x P 5 9 6 .x E
D 1 6 2 x 0 t1 t2 1 0 0 %
A 1 D 1 6 2 x 0 %
A 1
P 5 8 7 .x 1 A 1 A 1
E D 1 6 2 x 0 P 5 8 7 .x 1 0 0 %
E D 1 6 2 x
A 2 0 %
t1 t1 A 2 -1 0 0 %
-1
t1 t2 t2 t1

Function 5 = pulse generator, non-symmetrical Function 8 = ramp-up generator, n direction / absolute value

P 5 8 9 .x P 5 9 6 .x E P 5 8 9 .x P 5 9 6 .x E
t1 t2 1 t1 t2 1 0 0 %
D 1 6 2 x 0 D 1 6 2 x 0 %

A 1 A 1 A 1 A 1
P 5 8 7 .x 1 P 5 8 7 .x 1 0 0 %
E D 1 6 2 x 0 E D 1 6 2 x 0 %
A 2 A 2 -1 0 0 %
t1 t2 -1
t1 t2 t1 t2

Function 6 = ramp-function generator, symmetrical Function 9 = differential element, DT1 characteristics

P 5 8 9 .x P 5 9 6 .x E
1 0 0 % P 5 8 9 .x P 5 9 6 .x E
t1 t2
D 1 6 2 x 0 % t1 = T n t2 = T d 1 0 0 %

A 1 A 1
0 %
P 5 8 7 .x 1 0 0 % A 2
E D 1 6 2 x D 1 6 2 x
0 % P 5 8 7 .x 6 3 %
E + A 1
-1 A 2 -
t1 t1 D 1 6 2 x 3 7 %
0 %
A 2 T n T n
A 1

T d /T n * 1 0 0 %

T d /T n * 3 7 %
0 %
F u n c tio n T im e 1 T im e 2
P 5 8 8 .0 P 5 8 9 .0 P 5 9 6 .0 D 1 6 2 0
D 1 6 2 1
P 5 8 7 .0
s A 1
D
A 2
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 7

F u n c tio n T im e 1 T im e 2
P 5 8 8 .1 P 5 8 9 .1 P 5 9 6 .1 D 1 6 2 2
D 1 6 2 3
P 5 8 7 .1
s A 1
D
A 2
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 8

F u n c tio n T im e 1 T im e 2
P 5 8 8 .2 P 5 8 9 .2 P 5 9 6 .2 D 1 6 2 4
D 1 6 2 5
P 5 8 7 .2
s A 1
D
A 2
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 1 9

F u n c tio n T im e 1 T im e 2
P 5 8 8 .3 P 5 8 9 .3 P 5 9 6 .3 D 1 6 2 6
D 1 6 2 7
P 5 8 7 .3
s A 1
D
A 2
tA : 1 6 T 0 / C 2 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 46
Timer elements Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Rexroth
Indramat
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Stepping controllers Indramat

Parameterizable stepping controller


A universal stepping controller is integrated to be able to implement universal S te p 0 o u tp u t c o m m a n d b it 0
(s ta rt s te p )
sequence controls.
The stepping controller has a maximum scope of 16 steps, which can be separately
tr a n s it io n A . 0 B .0 C .0 D .0
parameterized. s u b s e q u e n t s te p A .0 B .0 C .0 D .0

Basic step structure


s te p 1 s te p 2
Each step comprises a defined status which is assigned to a parameterizable bit o u tp u t c o m m a n d b it 1 o u tp u t c o m m a n d b it 2

control word (P1266.n). Transitions (transition conditions) must be defined for a


step change. Every transition is assigned a subsequent step, so that branches
tr a n s it io n A . 1 B .1 C .1 D .1 tr a n s it io n A . 2 B .2 C .2 D .2
can be implemented.
s u b s e q u e n t s te p A .1 B .1 C .1 D .1 s u b s e q u e n t s te p A .2 B .2 C .2 D .2

This is output at D1536, as long as the appropriate status is active.


(...)

If a transition A, B, C or D is fulfilled, the step sequence jumps to the subsequent s te p n


o u tp u t c o m m a n d b it n
step, corresponding to the appropriate transition. If several transitions are
simultaneously fulfilled, the step is made corresponding to the transition with the
tr a n s it io n A . n B .n C .n D .n
highest priority. Transition A has the highest priority, transition D, the lowest.
s u b s e q u e n t s te p A .n B .n C .n D .n
(...)
It is permissible to assign several transitions to the same subsequent step (OR
logic operation).

A transition is defined by parameterizing a bit mask (P1258.n, P1260.n, P1262.n s te p 1 4


o u tp u t c o m m a n t b it 1 4
and P1264.n). Every bit of this mask is assigned the result of the logic modules.
The input conditions are logically combined with the logic modules.
tr a n s it io n A . 1 4 B .1 4 C .1 4 D .1 4

s u b s e q u e n t s te p A .1 4 B .1 4 C .1 4 D .1 4

s te p 1 5
o u tp u t c o m m a n d b it 1 5

tr a n s it io n A . 1 5 B .1 5 C .1 5 D .1 5

s u b s e q u e n t s te p A .1 5 B .1 5 C .1 5 D .1 5
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Stepping controllers Indramat

Functions of the logic modules of the stepping


controller
Function No. 0: P1234 = AND E1 * E2 * E3 Function No. 3: P1234 = OR-AND

P 1 2 4 0 .x E 0 P 1 2 4 0 .x
E 0
D 1 5 x x D 1 5 x x
A 1 A 1
P 1 2 4 1 .x E 1 P 1 2 4 1 .x D 1 5 x x
& D 1 5 x x E 1 &
A 2 A 2

P 1 2 4 2 .x P 1 2 4 2 .x > = 1
E 2 E 2

Function No. 1: P1234 = OR E1 + E2 + E3 Function No. 4: P1234 = Comparator E1 > E2


P 1 2 4 0 .x P 1 2 4 0 .x E 0 D 1 5 x x
E 0 + A 1 A 1
D 1 5 x x
A 1 D 1 5 x x 1 -
P 1 2 4 1 .x P 1 2 4 1 .x A 2
E 1 D 1 5 x x E 1
> = 1 -
A 2 0
E 2 -E 3 E 2 E 1
P 1 2 4 2 .x P 1 2 4 2 .x H y s te re s e
E 2 E 2

Function No. 2: P1234 = AND-OR

P 1 2 4 0 .x
E 0
D 1 5 x x
A 1
P 1 2 4 1 .x D 1 5 x x
E 1 > = 1 A 2

P 1 2 4 2 .x &
E 2
c o m m a n d b it (o u tp u t a t a c tiv e s te p )
re s e t
D 1 5 5 2 D 1 5 6 5 s e q u e n c e r ( ju m p to s te p " 0 " )
D 1 5 5 2 D 1 5 5 0 D 1 5 4 8 D 1 5 4 6 D 1 5 4 4 D 1 5 4 2 D 1 5 4 0 D 1 5 3 8
D 1 5 5 1 D 1 5 4 9 D 1 5 4 7 D 1 5 4 5 D 1 5 4 3 D 1 5 4 1 D 1 5 3 9 D 1 5 3 7

P 1 2 6 6 .n n u m b e r o f th e
P 1 2 6 7
B it 1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 a c tiv a te d s te p
n D

T r a n s itio n e n F u n c tio n P 1 2 4 3 .n

P 1 2 4 0 .n D 1 5 5 7
M o d u l 1 E 0
M o d u l 1 A 1 B it 0

P 1 2 4 1 .n m a s k A m a s k B
M o d u l 1 E 1 D 1 5 5 8
A N D , O R
P 1 2 5 8 .n P 1 2 6 0 .n
M o d u l 1 A 2 1
P 1 2 4 2 .n
M o d u l 1 E 2

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
F u n c tio n P 1 2 4 7 .n
& &
D 1 5 5 9 ( b it b y b it A N D ) ( b it b y b it A N D )
P 1 2 4 4 .n
M o d u l 2 E 0
s te p A a c tiv a te d s te p B a c tiv a te d
M o d u l 2 A 1 B it 2 D 1 5 5 3 D 1 5 5 4
s u b s e q u e n t s te p A if ( r e s u lt = m a s k A ) s u b s e q u e n t s te p B if ( r e s u lt = m a s k B )
P 1 2 4 5 .n
M o d u l 2 E 1 D 1 5 6 0 P 1 2 5 9 .n a n d (m a s k e A n o t "0 ") th e n P 1 2 6 1 .n a n d (m a s k e B n o t "0 ") th e n
A N D , O R (s u b s e q u e n t s te p = P 1 2 5 9 .n ) (s u b s e q u e n t s te p = P 1 2 6 1 .n )
M o d u l 2 A 2 3
P 1 2 4 6 .n s u b s e q u e n t s te p A s u b s e q u e n t s te p B
M o d u l 2 E 2

F u n c tio n P 1 2 5 1 .n

P 1 2 4 8 .n D 1 5 6 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
M o d u l 3 E 0
M o d u l 3 A 1 B it 4

P 1 2 4 9 .n
M o d u l 3 E 1 D 1 5 6 2 M a s k C M a s k D
A N D , O R
P 1 2 6 2 .n P 1 2 6 4 .n
M o d u l 3 A 2 5
P 1 2 5 0 .n
M o d u l 3 E 2

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
P 1 2 5 4 .n T im e
F u n c tio n & &
P 1 2 5 3 .n
D 1 5 6 3 ( b it b y b it A N D ) ( b it b y b it A N D )

P 1 2 5 2 .n s te p C a c tiv a te d s te p D a c tiv a te d
T im e r 1 E 1 d e la y e d . im p u ls M o d u l 3 A 2 B it 6
D 1 5 5 5 D 1 5 5 6
s u b s e q u e n t s te p C if ( r e s u lt = m a s k C ) s u b s e q u e n t s te p D if ( r e s u lt = m a s k D )
P 1 2 6 3 .n a n d (m a s k C n o t "0 ") th e n P 1 2 6 5 .n a n d (m a s k D n o t "0 ") th e n
T im e (s u b s e q u e n t s te p = P 1 2 6 3 .n ) (s u b s e q u e n t s te p = P 1 2 6 5 .n )
P 1 2 5 7 .n
F u n c tio n P 1 2 5 6 .n
D 1 5 6 4 s u b s e q u e n t s te p C s u b s e q u e n t s te p D
P 1 2 5 5 .n d e la y e d im p u ls
T im e r 2 E 1 M o d u l 3 A 2 7
T A : 1 0 m s / 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 47
Stepping controllers Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Process data, interface SI2 Indramat

Module location 1
Communications between the “Control board” (SR 17002) and the option card
are established via the process data interface. Module location 1 is the standard
location for serial interface cards. However, an option card can be inserted at
each of the two option slots of the “Control board”.
An option card at slot 1 is addressed from the firmware as interface 2 (SI2).

Communications of a serial interface card via the


process data interface SI2
The process data, received via the serial protocol of the interface, is converted to
the process data channels of the SI2, and is available in the drive converter as D
parameters. It can then be freely connected to the variable parameter sources to
control (open-loop) the unit.
The drive converter sends its actual values as process data via the SI2, by
connecting D parameters into the variable parameter sources for output SI2.
D 1 9 1 0
M o d u l s lo t 1 P 4 8 0 .0
P ZP D D 1 1 P D 1
S ta tu s w o rd D 1 9 2 2
D 1 9 1 1
P 4 8 0 .1
P ZP D D 2 2 P D 2
A c tu a l s p e e d D 1 8 5 1
D 1 9 1 2
P 4 8 0 .2
P ZP D D 3 3 P D 3
D
D 1 9 1 3
P 4 8 0 .3
P ZP D D 4 4 P D 4
O p tio n b o a r d D O p tio n b o a r d
D 1 9 1 4
P 4 8 0 .4
P ZP D D 5 5 P D 5
D
n 1 0 1 0 n
In p u ts D 1 9 1 5 O u tp u ts
o p tio n b o a r d
P D I2 P 4 8 0 .5 P D I2 o p tio n b o a r d
P ZP D D 6 6 P D 6
P ro c e s s d a ta D P ro c e s s d a ta
in te r fa c e D 1 9 1 6 in te r fa c e
P 4 8 0 .6
P ZP D D 7 7 P D 7
D
D 1 9 1 7
P 4 8 0 .7
P ZP D D 8 8 P D 8
D
in te r r u p t t : 1 6 T 0 / A 2
D 1 9 1 8 A
P 4 8 0 .8
P ZP D D 9 9 P D 9
D
D 1 9 1 9
P 4 8 0 .9
P ZP D D 1 1 0 0 P D 1 0
D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 48
Process data, interface SI2 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Process data, interface SI4 Indramat

Module location 2
Communications between the “Control board” (SR 17002) and the option card
are established via the process data interface. Module location 2 is the standard
location for the terminal strip expansion (KL17037). However, an option card can
be inserted at each of the two option slots of the “Control board”.
An option card at location 2 is addressed from the firmware as interface 4 (SI4).

Communications of the terminal strip expansion via


the process data interface SI4
The digital inputs of the terminal strip expansion are converted on the process
data channels of SS4 and are available as D parameters.
Option input Proc. data channel D parameter
Digital input 1 PZD1 from SI4 D1100
Digital input 2 PZD2 from SI4 D1101
Digital input 3 PZD3 from SI4 D1102
Digital input 4 PZD4 from SI4 D1103
The analog input of the terminal strip expansion is permanently connected to the
firmware module for the analog input of module location 2 and is available as
D1806, refer to Function Chart 08.
Signals are connected to digital and analog outputs, by connecting the appropriate
D parameters into the variable parameter sources of output SI4.
Option output Proc. data channel Var. parameter source
Relay output 1 PZD1 from SI4 P491.0
Relay output 2 PZD2 from SI4 P491.1
Relay output 3 PZD3 from SI4 P491.2
Relay output 4 PZD4 from SI4 P491.3
Analog output 1 PZD5 from SI4 P491.4
Analog output 2 PZD6 from SI4 P491.5
M o d u l s lo t 2 D 1 1 0 0
P 4 9 1 .0
P Z D P 1D 1 P D 1
S ta tu s w o rd D 1 9 2 2
D 1 1 0 1
P 4 9 1 .1
P Z D P 2D 2 P D 2
A c tu a l s p e e d D 1 8 5 1
D 1 1 0 2
P 4 9 1 .2
P Z D P 3D 3 P D 3
D
D 1 1 0 3
P 4 9 1 .3
P Z D P 4D 4 P D 4
O p tio n b o a r d D O p tio n b o a r d
D 1 1 0 4
P 4 9 1 .4
P Z D P 5D 5 P D 5
D
In p u ts n 1 0 1 0 n O u tp u ts
P D I4 D 1 1 0 5 P D I4
o p tio n b o a r d P 4 9 1 .5 o p tio n b o a r d
P Z D P 6D 6 P D 6
P ro c e s s d a ta D P ro c e s s d a ta
in te r fa c e D 1 1 0 6 in te r fa c e
P 4 9 1 .6
P Z D P 7D 7 P D 7
D
D 1 1 0 7
P 4 9 1 .7
P Z D P 8D 8 P D 8
D
in te r r u p t t : 1 6 T 0 / A 3
D 1 1 0 8 A
P 4 9 1 .8
P Z D P 9D 9 P D 9
D
D 1 1 0 9
P 4 9 1 .9
P Z D P 1D 0 1 0 P D 1 0
D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 49
Process data, interface SI4 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Analog inputs (extended control terminal strip) Indramat

Module locations for the extended control terminal


strip
The SR 17002 control board has 2 module locations. A firmware module is provided
for an analog input for each module location. In this case, the expanded control
terminal strip option must be installed in the unit. The setpoint of the optional
analog inputs (D1805 or D1806) can be further processed using the input blocks
(function chart, Sheet 09 ).
T e r m in a l s tr ip e x te n s io n K L 1 7 0 3 7 a t o p tio n s lo t 1

A n a lo g in p u t
X 3 4 .2
+
1 0 V 2 0 m A
P 7 3 5 .0 0 ,2 m s ± 9 B it D 1 8 0 5
0 1

1 5 0 Ω
–
X 3 4 .1 tA : 1 6 T 0 / D 1 4

T e r m in a l s tr ip e x te n s io n K L 1 7 0 3 7 a t o p tio n s lo t 2

P 7 5 2
P 7 3 6
2 fa u lt " I < 4 m A "
1
1
a la r m " I < 4 m A "
A n a lo g in p u t 0 0
lim itin g 0
X 3 4 .2 " I < 4 m A " a c tiv e
+ D 1 8 0 6
1 0 V 2 0 m A
P 7 3 5 .1 0 ,2 m s ± 9 B it
0 1 2 0 %
2 0
J 1 6 1
0

1 5 0 Ω
–
M o d e a n a lo g in p u t
X 3 4 .1 0 ... ± 1 0 V P 7 3 6 = 0
+ 4 ...+ 2 0 m A P 7 3 6 = 1
tA : 1 6 T 0 / D 1 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 50
Analog inputs (extended control terminal strip) Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Synchronous Link SI7 (SynchroLink) Indramat

Interface description Interface monitoring


The SynchroLink interface is monitored using parameters P496 and P497. To do
Option board SL21058 (SynchroLink) is required to activate interface SS7. This this, the “Rx monitoring time” is set in 1 ms increments in P497. The shortest
board can be inserted both at module location 1 or 2. The process data parameters monitoring time is 1 ms, the longest monitoring time is 60 seconds.
are not changed as a result of this. Parameters from SS2 and SS4 are not valid If data transfer is not recognized in the selected time, the action, which is activated
for SynchroLink. in P496, is executed. P496 (Rx monitoring mode) provides 5 various actions.

No action Monitoring is not active


Interface structure Warning The unit initiates a warning
10 pieces of process data, 16-bit wide can be transferred. It is possible to combine Fault The unit issues a warning
process data to form 32-bit wide data. A maximum of four 32-bit process data and Warning & Clear Data A warning is initiated and parameters D1130 to D1139
two 16-bit process data can be configured. are set to 0x0000.
Fault & Clear Data A fault is initiated and parameters D1130 to D1139 are
Example of data transfer set to 0x0000.
When sending, PZD1 should be transferred as a 32-bit value and PZD3, PZD4
and PZD5 as 16-bit value.
Furthermore, when receiving PZD1 this should be interpreted as 32-bit value, and
PZD3, PZD4 and PZD5, as 16-bit value.

SENDING
Þ In order that PZD1 (P493.0) is recognized as 32-bit value, D1800 must be
written into P493.1. The other PZDs are automatically recognized as 16-bit
value.

RECEIVING
Þ In order that PZD1 (D1130) is recognized as 32-bit value, it must be connected
with a source parameter which is 32 bit wide.
Þ In order that PZD3 (D1132) is recognized as 16-bit value, it must be connected
with a source parameter, which is also only 16 bit wide.
Þ PZD4 (D1133) and PZD5 (D1134) are already defined as 16 bit-wide data.
Note: The lower 16 bit of the 32-bit value from D1131 are located in D1130.
S y n c h r o L in k o n m o d u le lo c a tio n 1 o r 2
D 1 1 3 0 D 1 1 3 1
P 4 9 3 .0
P Z D 1 /P Z D 2
D +
P Z D 1 /P Z D 2 P Z D 2

P 4 9 3 .1
P Z D 2
D 1 1 3 2 D 1 1 3 3 D

P Z D 3 /P Z D 4 P 4 9 3 .2
P Z D 4 P Z D 3 /P Z D 4
D +
D 1 1 3 4 P 4 9 3 .3
P Z D 4
D
P Z D 5
P 4 9 3 .4
P Z D 5
D 1 1 3 5 D 1 1 3 6 D
S I7 S I7
1 0 1 0 P Z D 6 /P Z D 7
P 4 9 3 .5 1 0 1 0
P Z D 7 P Z D 6 /P Z D 7
D +

D 1 1 3 7 D 1 1 3 8 P 4 9 3 .6
P Z D 7
D
P Z D 8 /P Z D 9
P Z D 9
t : T / 6 P 4 9 3 .7
A 0 P Z D 8 /P Z D 9
D 1 1 3 9 D +
t : T 0 / 9
A
P 4 9 3 .8
P Z D 1 0 P Z D 9
D

P 4 9 3 .9
P Z D 1 0
D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 51
Synchronous Link SI7 (SynchroLink) Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Encoder card G1 / G3 Indramat

Encoder input 2 for option G1 / G3


The encoder input (pulse encoder 2) is evaluated via parameters P637 ... P640:

P637: Selects the special function, encoder 2


P638: Pulse number, pulse encoder 2nd value range 100 ... 8000
P639: Offset for angle, encoder 2
P640: Input (source) for zero pulse reset

The following function module is only processed when appropriately selected via
P637 (as for the position controller). It is processed in time sector 4 T0-C, directly
in front of the position controller.
p u ls e e n c o d e r 2
P 6 3 8

D 1 9 8 5 P 3 9 0 D 1 9 8 6
A
U p /D o w n -C o u n te r
B 6 5 5 3 6
w ith 4 - fo ld X
C e v a lu a tio n 4 * P 6 3 8 s p e e d e n c o d e r 2

P 6 3 9 D 1 9 8 7
&

D 1 5 3 4 a n g le e n c o d e r 2

S Q

P 6 4 0
S /H -M o d u l
D R Q
z e ro re fe re n c e

t : 4 T 0 / C 1
A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52 Rexroth Date: Firmware:


Sheet No. 52
Encoder card G1/G3 - Encoder input 2 Indramat 2001-01-15 FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Control and status word diagram, drive converter Indramat
F ro m e a c h o p e r a tin g s ta tu s
L in e v o lta g e O N

Sheet No. 53
F a u lt o c c u r
F r o m e a c h o p e r a tin g s ta tu s
e x c e p tin g " F a u lt" o r " O p e r a te "
In h ib it c o n v e r te r

8
m a in c o n ta c to r O F F
D C - lin k d is c h a r g e
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
N e w s ta rt
( In itia liz a tio n ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O F F 2 o r O F F 3
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
F a u lt X 0 X X 1 0 0 0

FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
In itia lis a tio n fin is h e d
C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0 In h ib it c o n v e r te r
F a u lt c a u s e ( d is p la y e d w ith D 1 6 0 8 = 1 )
X X X X X X X m a in c o n ta c to r O F F
e lim in a te d
P o s itiv e e d g e fo r D C - lin k d is c h a r g e
fa u lt a c k n o w le d g e

F ro m o p e r a tin g s ta tu s " R e a d y " o r " P r e c h a r g e "

7
C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X 0 1 1 1

S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0

Firmware:
In h ib it c o n v e r te r S w itc h - o n in h ib it X 1 X X 0 0 0 0
m a in c o ta c to r O F F
D C - lin k d is c h a r g e
C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X X 1 1 0

S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
N o t re a d y X 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

6
C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0

2001-01-15
X X X X X 1 1 0

S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0

Date:
R e a d y to s w itc h - o n X 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X X 1 1 1

P o s itiv e e d g e to s w itc h - o n

5
P re c h a rg e O N

P r e c h a r g in g

U D C - lin k re a c h e d

M a in c o ta c to r O N

Indramat
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0

Rexroth
R e a d y X 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X 1 1 1 1

S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
O p e ra te X 0 1 1 0 1 1 1

( A la r m is p o s s ib le )

D IS A B L E O P E R A T IN G
O F F 1 (s h u t d o w n ) O F F 2 ( p o w e r is d is c o n n e c te d ) O F F 3
Control and status word diagram, drive converter
3

( " E n a b le " s ig n a l is t s e t to lo g ic 0 ) (fa s t s to p )


Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52

C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0 C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0 C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0 C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0


X X X X 0 1 1 1 X X X X X 1 1 0 X X X X X X 0 X X X X X X 0 1 X

C a s t d o w n B r a k in g C a s t d o w n B r a k in g
1 0 , 2 1 0 , 2
P 4 3 = x P 4 4 = x

D e c e le r a tio n a n a lo g
th e fa s t s to p ra m p
D e c e le r a tio n D e c e le r a tio n to n = 0
a n a lo g th e R F G a n a lo g th e R F G
to n = 0 to n = 0

W a it u n til n < n - m in ( D 1 7 0 9 ) W a it u n til n < n - m in ( D 1 7 0 9 )


W a it u n til n < n - m in ( D 1 7 0 9 )
2

a t P 4 4 = 0 : m a x . 1 ,5 s e c a t P 4 4 = 0 : m a x . 1 ,5 s e c
m a x . w a itin g tim e = 1 ,5 s e c
a t P 4 4 = 2 : in fin ite a t P 4 4 = 2 : in fin ite

S h u t d o w n S h u t d o w n
d e la y P 9 2 d e la y P 9 2

In h ib it c o n v e r te r In h ib it c o n v e r te r In h ib it c o n v e r te r
m a in c o n ta c to r O F F m a in c o n ta c to r O F F
D C - lin k d is c h a r g e D C - lin k d is c h a r g e
1

Control word: D1920 (refer sheet No. 02)


Status word: D1922 (refer sheet No. 03)
Explanation of function diagram Rexroth
Control and status word diagram, inverter Indramat
Sheet No. 54
8
F ro m e a c h o p e r a tin g s ta tu s
D C lin k v o lta g e p r e s e n t

FWC-SR1700-200-04VRS-MS
F a u lt o c c u r
F r o m e a c h o p e r a tin g s ta tu s
e x c e p tin g " F a u lt" o r " O p e r a te "

In h ib it c o n v e r te r
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
N e w s ta rt
( In itia liz a tio n ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
O F F 2 o r O F F 3

7
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
F a u lt X 0 X X 1 0 0 0

In itia lis a tio n fin is h e d


C o n tro l w o rd : B it 7 ...0
F a u lt c a u s e ( d is p la y e d w ith D 1 6 0 8 = 1 )
In h ib it c o n v e r te r

Firmware:
e lim in a te d X X X X X X X
P o s itiv e e d g e fo r
fa u lt a c k n o w le d g e

F ro m o p e r a tin g s ta tu s " R e a d y "


C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X 0 1 1 1

6
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
S w itc h - o n in h ib it X 1 X X 0 0 0 0
In h ib it c o n v e r te r

2001-01-15
C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X X 1 1 0

Date:
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
N o t re a d y X 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X X 1 1 0

5
S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
R e a d y to s w itc h - o n X 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0
X X X X X 1 1 1

P o s itiv e e d g e to s w itc h - o n

S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
R e a d y X 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

Indramat
C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0

Rexroth
X X X X 1 1 1 1

S ta tu s w o r d : B it 7 ...0
O p e ra te X 0 1 1 0 1 1 1

( A la r m is p o s s ib le )

D IS A B L E O P E R A T IN G
( " E n a b le " s ig n a l is t s e t to lo g ic 0 ) O F F 1 (s h u t d o w n ) O F F 2 ( p o w e r is d is c o n n e c te d ) O F F 3 (fa s t s to p )

C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0 C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0 C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0 C o n tr o l w o r d : B it 7 ...0


X X X X 0 1 1 1 X X X X X 1 1 0 X X X X X X 0 X X X X X X 0 1 X
3

Function diagram REFUdrive 500 - RD52

C a s t d o w n B r a k in g C a s t d o w n B r a k in g
Control and status word diagram, inverter
1 0 , 2 1 0 , 2
P 4 3 = x P 4 4 = x
D e c e le r a tio n a n a lo g
th e fa s t s to p ra m p
D e c e le r a tio n D e c e le r a tio n to n = 0
a n a lo g th e R F G a n a lo g th e R F G
to n = 0 to n = 0

W a it u n til n < n - m in ( D 1 7 0 9 ) W a it u n til n < n - m in ( D 1 7 0 9 )


W a it u n til n < n - m in ( D 1 7 0 9 )
a t P 4 4 = 0 : m a x . 1 ,5 s e c a t P 4 4 = 0 : m a x . 1 ,5 s e c
m a x . w a itin g tim e = 1 ,5 s e c
a t P 4 4 = 2 : in fin ite a t P 4 4 = 2 : in fin ite
2

S h u t d o w n S h u t d o w n
d e la y P 9 2 d e la y P 9 2

In h ib it c o n v e r te r In h ib it c o n v e r te r In h ib it c o n v e r te r
1

Control word: D1920 (refer sheet No. 02)


Status word: D1922 (refer sheet No. 03)
.
200347
Printed in Germany

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen